340
PROTECTIVE COATINGS MANUAL PREPARATION AND COATING OF METAL SUBSTRATES SIGMA COATINGS PROTECTIVE COATINGS Protecting the Future June 2000

Sigma PC Manual

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 1/338

Page 2: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 2/338

a three page issue May 2000

revision of 12-1995

GREEN SECTION - SYSTEM SELECTION

Sheet nrs

General introduction 4001

System selection for internal and external exposure 4005

Quality aspects of major maintenance coatings 4006

Tools for maintenance management 4007

Relation between pretreatment - paint system - expected life time 4008

Indication of resistance of coatings to immersion and splash 4009

Systems for internal dry exposure 4010 - 4019

Systems for internal wet exposure 4020 - 4029

Systems for rural atmospheric exposure 4030 - 4039

Systems for industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure 4040 - 4049

Systems for atmospheric exposure and abrasion-impact 4050 - 4059

Systems exposed to high temperatures 4060 - 4069

Systems for immersion in water and subsoil 4070 - 4079

Systems for immersion in chemicals 4080 - 4089

Systems for immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil 4090 - 4099

Systems for immersion in waste water and slurry 4100 - 4109

 Various systems for special conditions 4110 - 4119

– Damp steel surfaces

– Zinc silicate primed steel– Zinc epoxy primed steel

RED SECTION - GENERAL INFORMATION SHEETS

Sheet nrs

Conversion tables 1410

Explanation to product data sheets 1411

Nomograph conversion from English units to metric units 1412

Safety indications 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety explosion hazard - toxic hazard 1431

Directives for ventilation practice 1434Cleaning of steel and removal of rust 1490

Specification for mineral abrasives 1491

Relative humidity - Substrate temperature - Air temperature 1650

Zinc silicates - Quality aspects application 1706

Certificates for potable water 1882

page 1 /3 

STEEL PROTECTION

4000Contents

Page 3: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 3/338

May 2000

BLUE SECTION - PRODUCT DATA SHEETSSheet nrs

Product data sheets alphabetical 7005

Product data sheets generic 7006

Sigmaferro primer ZP 7131

Sigmetal mioprimer 7145

Sigmetal Construction 7149

Sigmasteel QD 7155

Sigmasteel QD finish 7234

Sigmaferro selfcleaning white 7237

Sigmaferro gloss 7239

Sigmetal finish 7251

Sigmaferro build coat 7255

Sigmaferro semigloss 7256

Sigmaferro aluminium 7264

Sigma Proferral PR 7370

Sigmacover zinc primer 7402

Sigma Phenguard primer 7409

Sigmacover CM primer 7412

Sigmacover primer 7413

Sigmacover aluprimer 7414

Sigmacover aluprimer wintergrade 7414WGSigmarite sealer 7420

Sigmacover CM miocoat 7427

Sigmacover ST 7428

Sigmacover ST wintergrade 7428WG

Sigmaguard EHB 7433

Sigma Phenguard coating 7435

Sigma Phenguard finish 7436

Sigmaguard CSF 7443

Sigmacover TCP Glassflake 7447

Sigmaguard HS 7448

Sigma Novaguard 7453Sigmacover CM coating 7456

Sigma TCN 300 7472

Sigmaguard CSF 75 7475

Sigmacover Armour Compound 7490

Sigma wet blast inhibitor 7499

Sigmadur HB finish 7524 

Sigmadur gloss 7528

Sigmadur HS semigloss 7530

page 2 /3 

STEEL PROTECTION

4000Contents

Page 4: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 4/338

May 2000

BLUE SECTION - PRODUCT DATA SHEETSSheet nrs

Sigma Silguard MC 7551

Sigmatherm silicate 7555

Sigma Tornusil MC 58 7558

Sigma Tornusil MC 60 7560

Sigmatherm siloxane 7563

Sigmatherm silacryl 7565

Sigmacover HS zinc primer 7702

Sigmacover DTM coating 7726

Sigma Novashield 7744

Sigmaguard CSF 85 7785

Sigma EP Steeline 7802

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

page 3 /3

STEEL PROTECTION

4000Contents

Page 5: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 5/338

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

The main task of protective coatings is to prevent or control corrosion. Uncontrolled corrosion can cause

serious damage to capital investments and can endanger human life. Therefore, optimum selection and

application of protective coatings is of tremendous importance.

During its service life a protective coating system deteriorates as a result of exposure to ultraviolet light,

moisture, fluctuating temperatures, chemicals, abrasion and many other factors.

Proper and timely maintenance is required to obtain the optimum performance from a protective coating

system. However, selection and application of maintenance coating systems is more complicated than for

new construction. Climatic conditions, chemical exposure, available time, budget, health and safety, low

grade surface preparation, these and other conditions have an influence on the selection and application of

the optimum maintenance system.

 A maintenance system intended for total repair may often be the same as one for new construction, but

special construction and project requirements met in a new building may require alteration. For most

exposure conditions a possible new construction system is included besides the appropriate maintenance

systems. Note that for new construction also seperate manuals are available for individual market segments

This manual contains information about the following subjects.

– Coating systems Recommended coating systems for maintenance, total repair, and new construction including coatings

specially designed to cope with one or more of the prevailing adverse conditions.

– Compatibility 

Recommended coating systems (generically) in relation to exposure conditions and existing coating

systems.

– Quality 

Qualitative aspects of various generic coating types

– Compendium 

 A compendium providing information about surface preparation, paint application, corrosion phenomena,typical maintenance procedures and other aspects needed to manage corrosion problems.

– Performance expectancy 

The expected performance life related to the coating system/surface preparation/dry film thickness and

exposure conditions.

page 1 /2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4001General introduction

Page 6: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 6/338

May 2000

– Problem solving  Problem solving in the corrosion and coating field

Proper use of this manual - if needed in combination with a site survey - will assure that cost effective

coating systems and application procedures are recommended.

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

page 2 /2

STEEL PROTECTION

4001General introduction

Page 7: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 7/338

a nine page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

The exposure definitions and compatibility tables are used as follows.

Firstly select the appropriate exposure condition. Then compare this exposure condition with the generic

type of the existing coating system in the following tables. This indicates the system types which may be

considered for maintenance.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EXPOSURE CONDITIONS

1) INTERNAL DRY EXPOSURE

Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere.

Relative humidity below 60%

2) INTERNAL WET (HUMID) EXPOSURE

Inside buildings where condensation may occur. Atmosphere with low pollution and dry climate.

Relative humidity up to 80%

3) RURAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE

This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and industrial or urban activity.

Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet radiation, but is normally less

aggressive than an industrial or coastal environment.

 Average sulphur dioxide content is lower than 10 µg per m³ air.

Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

4a) INDUSTRIAL POLLUTED ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE

Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical pollution will accelerate the corrosion

process and requires consideration regarding increased acidic fall out. The main effect is corrosion due

to sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of

more than 10 µg per m³ air.

4b) SEA, COASTAL ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE

Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray will accelerate the corrosion process,

aggravated by wind borne particles.

This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more than 12 mg per litre rain.

5) ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE WITH ABRASION/IMPACT

Same conditions as for industrial polluted atmospheric exposure can be expected; additional abrasion

and impact exposure is expected. (see also 4a-4b).

page 1 /9 

STEEL PROTECTION

4005System selection for internal and external exposure

Page 8: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 8/338

May 2000

6) HIGH TEMPERATURE EXPOSURE

High temperature surfaces: The temperature aspect is usually of greater importance than the general

atmosphere. Thermal shock may need to be considered.

7) IMMERSION IN WATER (with or without cathodic protection)

Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.

Subsoil water and splashzone are considered as immersion conditions.

8) IMMERSION IN WASTE WATER AND/OR SLURRIES (cathodic protection)

 Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and domestic water systems, withpH between 3 and 10 and where abrasion can be expected.

9) IMMERSION IN CHEMICALS

Immersion in chemicals like acids, alkalis and solvents.

Specific corrosion hazards from both liquid and vapour.

10) IMMERSION IN REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND CRUDE OIL

Immersion in aliphatic white petroleum products and crude oil.

SEQUENCE OF SEARCH FOR THE BEST COATING SYSTEM.

1 = Determine the exposure conditions, see the description.

2 = In case of maintenance, determine the type of coating or the coating system that has been used

previously.

3 = Look for a possible maintenance or new construction system.

4 = Check if the choice for the coating system is correct.

5 = Look for the specification of the system under the specific number in this manual.

6 = Study 4007; tools for maintenance management.

page 2 /9 

STEEL PROTECTION

4005System selection for internal and external exposure

Page 9: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 9/338

May 2000

Internal dry or wet conditions

COATING SYSTEM

EXPOSURE INTERNAL DRY (1) INTERNAL WET (2)

SYSTEM ALKYD EP/ ACR ALKYD EP/ ACR EP/

PUR DISP PUR DISP PUR

NUMBER 4010  4011 4012 4020  4021  4022  4024 

New Construction or

total repairBARE METAL + + + + + + +

Intact areas full coat

and spotrepair;

Existing coating system 

 ALKYD + # + + ## + ##

EPOXY ESTER + + + + + + ##

URETHANE ALKYD + + + + + + ##

CHLORINATED RUBBER – # + – # + +

 VINYL – # + – # + +

EPOXY + + + # + + +

ZC + EP + + + – + + +

POLYURETHANE + + + # + + +

ZC + PUR + + + – + + +

 ACR = Acrylic + = recommended

CR = Chlorinated rubber # = suitable, subject to detailed info

DISP= Dispersion – = not recommended

EP = Epoxy

PUR = Polyurethane

ZC = Zinc containing

page 3 /9 

STEEL PROTECTION

4005System selection for internal and external exposure

Page 10: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 10/338

Page 11: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 11/338

May 2000

Industrial or coastal conditions

COATING SYSTEM

EXPOSURE EXTERNAL INDUSTRIAL/COASTAL (4)

SYSTEM ALKYD EP/ HS/EPPUR PUR

NUMBER 4040  4041  4042 

New Construction ortotal repairBARE METAL + + +

Intact areas full coatand spotrepair;Existing coating system 

 ALKYD + # #EPOXY ESTER + + #URETHANE ALKYD + + #CHLORINATED RUBBER – # –

 VINYL – # –EPOXY + + +ZC + EP – + +

POLYURETHANE + + +ZC + PUR – + +

Powdercoatings Epoxy # + +Epoxy-polyester # + +Polyester # + +Polyurethane # + +

Stoving enamels  Alkyd-amino + + #

Coil coatings  Acr-sil.polyester – + #Polyvinylydene- – – –fluoridePolyvinylchloride – + #Plastisols – – #

 ACR = Acrylic SIL = Silicone + = recommended

CR = Chlorinated Rubber ZC = Zinc containing # = suitable, subject to detailed info

EP = Epoxy – = not recommended

HS = High Solids

MOD= ModifiedPUR = Polyurethane

page 5 /9 

STEEL PROTECTION

4005System selection for internal and external exposure

Page 12: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 12/338

May 2000

Atmospheric conditions + abrasion or impact

COATING SYSTEM

EXPOSURE ATMOSPHERIC AND ABRASION OR IMPACT (5)

SYSTEM EP/SF EP/HS

NUMBER 4050  4051 

New Construction or

total repair

BARE METAL + +

Intact areas full coat

and spotrepair ;

Existing coating system 

 ALKYD – –

EPOXY + +

SILICONE – –

SILICATE # #

POLYURETHANE + +

page 6 /9 

STEEL PROTECTION

4005System selection for internal and external exposure

Page 13: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 13/338

May 2000

System selection for internal and external exposuresHigh temperatures

COATING SYSTEM

EXPOSURE HIGH TEMPERATURE (6)

175°C 350°C 200°C 450°C 400°C

SYSTEM ALKYD ACRYLIC EPOXY SILICONE SILICATE

NUMBER 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064

New Construction ortotal repair

BARE METAL + + + + +

Intact areas full coat

and spotrepair;

Existing coating system

 ALKYD + – + – –

EPOXY # – + – –

SILICONE – – – # –

SILICATE – + # # +

POLYURETHANE # – + – –

EP = Epoxy + = recommended

HS = High solid # = suitable, subject to detailed info

SF = Solvent free – = not recommended

page 7 /9

STEEL PROTECTION

4005System selection for internal and external exposure

Page 14: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 14/338

May 2000

Immersion in water - waste water – slurry

COATING SYSTEM

EXPOSURE IMMERSION WATER (7)

MAX.TEMP. 70° C 50-70° C 70° C 50° C 100° C

SYSTEM EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY PHEN

TAR SF HS HS EPOXY

NUMBER 4070  4071  4072  4073  4076 

New Construction or

total repairBARE METAL + + + + +

Intact areas full coat

and spotrepair;  

Existing coating system 

CHLORINATED RUBBER – – – – –

EPOXY + + + + –

EPOXY TAR + # # # –

BITUMEN – – – – –

COATING SYSTEM

EXPOSURE WASTE WATER (8) – SLURRY

SYSTEM EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY

HS TAR HS SF

NUMBER 4100  4101  4102  4103 

New Construction or

total repair

BARE METAL + + + +

Intact areas full coat

and spotrepair;  

Existing coating system 

CHLORINATED RUBBER – – – –

EPOXY + # + +

EPOXY TAR # + – #

BITUMEN – – – –

page 8 /9 

STEEL PROTECTION

4005System selection for internal and external exposure

Page 15: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 15/338

May 2000

Immersion in refined petroleum products - crude oil – chemicals

COATING SYSTEM

EXPOSURE IMMERSION CHEMICALS (9) REFINED PETROLEUM (10)

PRODUCTS - CRUDE OIL

SYSTEM EPOXY PHEN EPOXY ZINC EPOXY EPOXY EPOXY

HS EPOXY SF SILICATE HS TAR SF

NUMBER 4080 4081 4082 4083 4090 4091  4092

New Construction ortotal repair

BARE METAL + + + + + + +

Intact areas full coat and spotrepair; Existing coating system

EPOXY-AMINE # + # – + # #

EPOXY-AMIDE + + + – + # #

PHEN-EP-AMINE # + # – + # –

EPOXY-ISOCYANATE # # – – + # –

POLYURETHANE # # – – + # –

COAL TAR-EPOXY # – # – # # –

ZINC SILICATE + # – + + # –

EP = Epoxy + = recommended

HS = High solids # = suitable, subject to detailed info

PHEN = Phenolic – = not recommended

SF = Solvent free

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

page 9 /9

STEEL PROTECTION

4005System selection for internal and external exposure

Page 16: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 16/338

a five page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

GENERAL

Coating system specifications for maintenance or new construction are the result of a techno/economic

analysis. A coating system is more than just the specified number of generic coats.

The following items should be considered:

– Cleaning procedure before mechanical surface preparation

– Standard of surface preparation of damaged and/or corroded areas

– Choice and specification of coating materials and system composition in relation to the paint system to be

repaired

– Data concerning acceptable limits for environmental conditions during application and drying of thecoating materials

– Data concerning upper and lower limits for dft and minimum and maximum overcoating times

– Expected exposure conditions in service

– Expected lifetime in relation to costs involved

To ensure good coating adhesion it is essential that the surface to be painted is dry and free from rust, dirt,

dust and debris that might prevent the paint adhering to the surface. Roughening of the surface in order to

improve the adhesion may be required.

It is not always possible to obtain a perfect coating application, therefore special attention should be given to

areas of difficult access or which have sharp edges, in order to obtain the specified dry film thickness (dft).

In practice no coating system is completely impermeable and the rate at which oxygen, water or aggressive

chemicals penetrate reflects the durability of the coating system.

Water soluble matter, if left on the surface to be painted, causes rapid deterioration (blistering) when the

coating is exposed to moisture (condensation) or immersed in water or chemicals.

Performance properties of coatings

 A classification of coatings based on generic type, related to the film properties and the mechanism of film

formation is given in the following tables:

page 1 /5 

STEEL PROTECTION

4006Quality aspects of major coating systems

Page 17: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 17/338

May 2000

SOLVENT BORNE COATINGS

 AK V CR EP PUR BIT ACR IOZ

Drying mechanism OX PH PH CH CH(MC) PH PH MC

suitable as primer +++ ++ +++ ++++ ++ ++ ++ ++++

top coat +++ +++ ++ +++ ++++ ++ +++ ++

build coat – ++ ++ ++++ +++ +++ ++ –

tolerance to low grade

surface preparation ++ – – ++ ++ +++ + +

gloss retention +++ +++ + + ++++ – +++ –

colour retention +++ +++ + + ++++ – +++ ++

corrosion prevention +++ ++ +++ ++++ +++ +++ ++ ++++

heat resistance + – – +++ ++ – + ++++

water immersion – ++ +++ ++++ ++ ++++ ++ +++

solvent resistance + + + +++ +++ – + ++++

acid resistance + ++ ++ +++ +++ + ++ –

alkali resistance – +++ ++ ++++ +++ +++ ++ –

abrasion resistance ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++ +++ +++impact resistance ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++ ++ ++

flexibility + +++ ++ ++ ++ ++ +++ –

Indications: Type of coating:

– = not good AK = Alkyd PUR = Polyurethan

+ = marginal V = Vinyl BIT = Bitumen

+ + = acceptable CR = Chlorinated Rubber ACR = Acrylic

+ + + = good EP = Epoxy IOZ = Inorganic zinc

+ + + + = very good

notations used for drying mechanism:

CH = chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by a chemical reaction between

base and hardener or by chemical reaction between base and hardener only if the product is

solvent free.

MC = moisture curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by chemical reaction with

moisture from the air

OX = oxidative, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and uptake of and reaction with oxygen

from the air

PH = physical drying, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents

page 2 /5 

STEEL PROTECTION

4006Quality aspects of major coating systems

Page 18: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 18/338

May 2000

WATER BORNE - SOLVENT BORNE - SOLVENT FREE - HIGH SOLIDS COATINGS

 Acrylate Vinyl Epoxy

WB SB WB SB WB SF HS SB

Drying mechanism CO PH CO PH CO/CH CH CH CH

suitable as:– primer + ++ ++ ++ ++ +++ ++++ ++++– topcoat +++ +++ +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ +++– buildcoat ++ ++ ++ ++ ++ ++++ ++++ +++tolerance to low grade – + – – ++ ++ +++ +++surface preparation

gloss retention +++ +++ +++ +++ + + + +colour retention +++ +++ +++ +++ + + + +corrosion prevention + ++ + ++ ++ ++++ ++++ ++++heat resistance – – – – ++ ++ +++ +++

water immersion + ++ ++ ++ ++ ++++ ++++ ++++solvent resistance + + + + +++ +++ ++++ ++++acid resistance + ++ + ++ ++ ++ +++ +++alkaly resistance ++ ++ ++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++

abrasion resistance +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++

impact resistance +++ ++ +++ +++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++flexibility +++ ++ +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ ++

explosion risk ++++ + ++++ + ++++ ++++ ++ +health and safety ++++ ++ ++++ ++ +++ +++ ++ ++Drying at high humidity or – ++ – ++ – ++++ ++ ++insufficient ventilation

Indications: Type of coating:

– = not good HS = High solids+ = marginal SB = Solvent borne+ + = acceptable SF = Solvent free

+ + + = good WB = Water borne+ + + + = very good

notations used for drying mechanism:

CH = chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents and by a chemical reaction between

base and hardener

CO = coagulation, the film hardens by evaporation of water and filmforming (coagulation) of the

dispersed binder

CO/CH = coagulation plus chemical curing, the film hardens by evaporation of water, filmforming

(coagulation) of the dispersed binder components followed by a chemical reaction between base

and hardenerPH = physical drying, the film hardens by evaporation of solvents

page 3 /5 

STEEL PROTECTION

4006Quality aspects of major coating systems

Page 19: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 19/338

May 2000

Functional properties of individual coats

Basically a coating system is designed to protect against corrosion by forming a barrier between the steel

and the environment. For aesthetic or functional reasons coating systems are made up of a number of coats.

Generally the types of materials are grouped as primers, sealers/barrier coats (undercoats), build coats and

top coats (finish coats).

The function of the different types can be described as follows:

– Primers: Anticorrosive properties rely on the presence of inhibitive pigments and/or on the

formation of a barrier. Primers should give good adhesion to sufficiently roughened,

cleaned metal and cleaned old coating, providing a sound base for and offering adhesionto the subsequent coating system. They should provide corrosion protection during the

overcoating interval and service life. Coats applied in the correct dry film thickness will

provide sufficient protection against rust creep in case of mechanical damage afterwards.

– Sealers These coatings are used as an intermediate coat in a coating system to enhance the

barrier coats overall protection and to provide good intercoat adhesion. Incorporation of pigments

(tie coats): with a laminar structure (aluminium flakes, talc or micaceous iron oxide) reduces or

delays moisture penetration, decreases permeability to oxygen, improves strength and

improves penetration of the binder. On a porous substrate (e.g. zinc rich coatings)

suitable formulated sealers minimize popping effect.

– Build coats: These coatings are used as an intermediate coat or top coat in a coating system to

enhance the overall protection by increasing the thickness, reducing or delaying moisture

penetration and decreasing the permeability to oxygen. When a build coat has to be

finished with a top coat it must provide recoatability. Aesthetic or other functions related

to topcoats (colour hiding) may be incorporated.

– Top coats The top coat gives the required colour, gloss and surface resistance of the system,

(finish coats): providing the first line of defence against weather, sunlight, condensation impact,

abrasion and chemical attack. For economic reasons top coats are commonly applied in a

low dry film thickness. Sometimes topcoats need special properties e.g. in non-skid, self-cleaning or chemical resistant systems. In specific systems for immersed exposure a

very smooth finish is sometimes required to obtain better cleaning of the settlement of

bacteria.

page 4 /5 

STEEL PROTECTION

4006Quality aspects of major coating systems

Page 20: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 20/338

Page 21: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 21/338

COATINGS page 1/13

GENERAL ASPECTS

 A maintenance specification is more complex than a coating specification for a new fabrication. In this

section a systematic approach is presented for checking objects which are due for maintenance painting in

order to see if special measures have to be taken to extend the service life of the object to be protected by

the maintenance coating system

– NOTE FOR METALLIC SUBSTRATES

Steel Mill scale, corrosion, pitting corrosion.

Cast iron Surface irregularities, porosity, corrosion.

Corten steel Surface corrosion, very hard.

Stainless steel Contact corrosion, smooth surface, chlorine/chloride contamination.

Non ferrous metals Zinc, copper, aluminium, lead, contact corrosion, corrosion products.

Zinc sprayed steel Surface irregularities, porosity, zinc salts, corrosion.

Hot dipped galvanized steel Smooth surface, zinc salts, corrosion.

Coil galvanized plate Smooth surface, zinc salts, corrosion.

(Sendzimir)

 Aluminium Anodised, aluminium salts, pitting corrosion, contact corrosion.

 Aluminium sprayed steel Surface irregularities, porosity, aluminium salts.

– NOTE FOR STRUCTURAL DETAILS

Weld spatters, rough welds, These cannot be protected properly and must be ground and/ortack (skip) welds, doublings, repaired by welding.

intermittent welding

Open connections, bolts and Moisture and dirt collects on these spots.

nuts, crevices, sharp edges, Sharp edges must be rounded by grinding.

wrong inclination See also “details prone to corrosion attack”.

Combination of different Avoid contact corrosion by insulating properly.

metals

Inaccessable places Seal with caulking compounds.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

a thirteen page issue May 2000

revision of 1-1996

Page 22: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 22/338

COATINGS page 2/13

– NOTE FOR ORIGINAL COATING SYSTEMS

For each maintenance specification the compatibility of the maintenance paint with the existing paint

system should be given or checked by a test patch.

Main paint defects are corrosion, checking and cracking, blistering and detachment. Causes for paint

defects should be detected, especially when the paint system did not perform well. See also “Paint

Defects”.

– NOTE FOR PHYSICAL AND/OR CHEMICAL ATTACK 

Extreme temperature changes,

erosion, direct sunlight,

UV radiation, rain, abrasion,

humidity, moisture, chemicals,

aggressive fumes, contact

Corrosion, cathodic protection

From practice it is known that in case of an early failure a wrong paint system was applied. If this has

happened, the exposure conditions should be defined again another paint system should be considered

Dry heat resistance of generic coating types

Continuous heat Intermittent heat

(<5% of the time, max 24 hrs)

bitumen 60°C (140°F) 60°C (140°F)

chlorinated rubber 60°C (140°F) 75°C (165°F)

vinyl 60°C (140°F) 75°C (165°F)

alkyd 80°C (175°F) 100°C (210°F)

tar epoxy* 120°C (250°F) 120°C (250°F)

polyurethane 120°C (250°F) 120°C (250°F)

epoxy, medium solids** 120°C (250°F) 150°C (300°F)

epoxy, high solids 80°C (175°F) 90-100°C (194-210°F)epoxy, solvent free 80°C (175°F) 90-100°C (194-210°F)

epoxy, phenolics 150°C (300°F) 150°C (300°F)

zinc epoxy 180°C (355°F) 200°C (390°F)

zinc silicate 400°C (750°F) 400°C (750°F)

* Valid for Sigma TCN 300

** Discoloration at higher temperatures can occur

– NOTE FOR SURFACE PREPARATION

The methods for surface preparation in maintenance painting are often limited because interference with

other works has to be avoided as well as damage to machines and equipment. Nevertheless when thecause of paint defects was related to poor surface preparation, this fault should not be repeated.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 23: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 23/338

COATINGS page 3/13

Full attention should be paid to the following points:– Removal of weld spatters by power tool chiseling and grinding.

– Structural repair by welding.

– Pitting to be cleaned in depth and filled.

– Sharp edges to be rounded by grinding preferably to a radius of 2 to 3 mm.

– Smooth surfaces should be roughened, polished surfaces should be avoided.

– Measurements to be taken to avoid contact (galvanic) corrosion by using proper sealing and insulation

materials.

– Removal of local rust by wire brushing and/or power tool disc cleaning.

– Removal of rust and other corrosion products like zinc and aluminium salts is done by scrapers, blast

cleaning (wet, dry, vacuum), power tool disc cleaning or scotch brite cleaning.– Contamination should be removed with detergents and/or high pressure fresh water cleaning. Solvent

cleaning should be used only when this is unavoidable.

– Old defective paint coats should be removed if the adhesion or the intercoat adhesion is insufficient. The

edges of old intact paint coats should be feathered.

– Old intact paint coats should be sanded lightly to achieve good adhesion.

– SPECIFIC REMEDIAL ACTIONS

– CHALKING. A (high pressure) wash with solution of detergent and water, followed by thorough rinsing with

fresh water will remedy chalking.

– MILDEW. Remove mildew with proper material or by scrubbing with solution of one part of householdbleach per three parts of water, followed by thorough rinsing with fresh water.

– FLAKING and PEELING. Depending upon severity of atmospheric exposure and extent of flaking and

peeling, minimum surface preparation is light blast cleaning, high pressure water cleaning, water abra-

sive blast cleaning, or power tool cleaning to remove all loosely adhering paint.

– HARD, GLOSSY or TOUGH SURFACES. To provide satisfactory adhesion, the surface must be roughened

by hand or power tool, or by wet or dry abrasive blasting.

– BLEEDING. The surface should be sealed with a special coating (sealer).

– UPGRADING of existing coating systems. Due to strong solvents (swelling) upgrading usually cannot be

accomplished by direct application of high performance solvent based coatings. Recommended tiecoats

should be applied first. Some water borne epoxies may be applied directly to the existing coating system.

– BLISTERING or RUSTING. Minor blistering and/or rusting should be removed by power tool cleaning, high

pressure water cleaning or spot blast cleaning. Where blistering and rusting is excessive, it is advised

that the existing coating should be completely removed.

– NOTE FOR PAINT APPLICATION

– Spraying of paint is often limited because interference with other works has to be avoided. So

maintenance paints should be also fit for either roller or brush application. Very complex structures

should be painted by brush or roller instead of by spraygun to avoid overspray, dry spray and extreme

paint losses.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 24: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 24/338

COATINGS page 4/13

– For brush or roller applied paints the specified dry film thickness should be reached for which extra coats

might be needed. Sharp edges and complex structures should be stripe coated with each coat of the

system.

– The preceding (build) coat should be of a colour which allows the finishing coat to give good coverage.

– PAINT APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS

– CONTAMINATION. The possibility of contamination of the substrate and the coating during application and

curing or drying will influence the selection and future performance of the specific coating.

– APPLICATION CONDITIONS. Specific information regarding temperature limitations is given in the product

data sheets. A low temperature may inhibit curing while a high temperature may cause solvent poppingand skin drying. A high wind velocity results in excessive paint consumption, dry spray and skin drying.

– HUMIDITY. Best results for most coatings are obtained at a relative humidity, below 85%. The substrate

temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point.

– SOLVENT AND THINNER SELECTION. Follow the recommendations given in the product data sheets.

– EXCESSIVE ZINC SALTS. Zinc salts may be removed by light blast cleaning, followed by fresh water

rinsing to remove dust. High pressure water cleaning may be suitable as well as powertool cleaning using

scotch brite.

– CONTAMINATION. Suitable solvents or emulsifying agents should be used to remove surface or absorbed

greasy contaminants.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 25: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 25/338

COATINGS page 5/13

SYMPTOM CORRECTION/  

SURFACE IDENTIFICATION CONSEQUENCE PREPARATION

 Aluminium Dull, greyish, smooth Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or

soft surface. of coating. sweep blast with inert grit.

 Aluminium, Very smooth, (coloured) Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or

anodised hard surface. of coating. sweep blast with inert grit.

 Aluminium, White aluminium Deposits are contaminated, (Disc)sand, wash

corroded salts, pitting. corrosion will continue. thoroughly.Better: clean by water

abrasive blast cleaning.

 Aluminium Very porous Absorption of contaminants. Overcoat within 4 hours,

sprayed steel surface. Bubbles and pinholes if not, clean by water

in the coating film. abrasive blast cleaning.

Use correct sealer

Copper Metallic yellow or Insufficient adhesion of Degrease, (disc)sand.

reddish-yellow sheen. coating.

 Very smooth soft surface.

Copper Greenish-white copper Insufficient adhesion of (Disc)sand, wash

corroded salts. coating. thoroughly.

Hot rolled Millscale. This has a Millscale is more noble Remove mill scale

steel blueish black than steel leading to by blast cleaning.

appearance. pitting corrosion in cracks.

Steel/cold Rust. Rust deposits are Wash thoroughly.

rolled steel, contaminated with salts, (Disc)sand, blast clean,corroded corrosion will continue. check surface for

cleanliness.

Better: clean by water

abrasive blast cleaning.

Cast iron, Rust-porosity. Absorption of contaminants. (Disc)sand, blast clean with

corroded Rust deposits are fine abrasive. Better: clean

difficult to remove from by water abrasive blast

the pores. cleaning. Use correct sealer

Stainless Very smooth. Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand or

steel of coating. blast clean with inert grit.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 26: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 26/338

COATINGS page 6/13

General: Prevent contact of metals (carbon) which can form a galvanic couple.

SYMPTOM CORRECTION/  

SURFACE IDENTIFICATION CONSEQUENCE PREPARATION

Coil galvanized Thin plate with a very Insufficient adhesion Degrease, (disc)sand,

plate(Sendzimir) smooth zinc layer. of coating. better: sweep blast the

15-50 µm zinc surface lightly with inert

grit.

Coil galvanized White zinc salts Corrosion deposits (Disc)sand, better: sweep

plate corroded and rust. are contaminated. blast the surface lightly

(Sendzimir) Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.

of coating.

Electrolytic Thin plate with a very No resistance to Degrease and sand lightly.

zinc plate smooth very thin weathering.

(Zincor) electrochemically Good coating adhesion.

± 5 µm zinc applied zinc layer.

Electrolytic Rust and white Corrosion products (Disc)sand, better sweep:

zinc plate, zinc salts. are contaminated. blast the surface lightly

corroded Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.(Zincor) of coating.

Hot dip Smooth, soft, Insufficient adhesion (Disc)sand, better sweep:

galvanized greyish surface. of coating. blast the surface lightly

steel with inert grit till a

50-200 µm zinc uniform matt appearance.

(or zinc metal)

Hot dip White dirty zinc All deposits are contaminated.(Disc)sand, better:

galvanized salts, rust. Corrosion.will continue (sweep)blast the surface

steel, Insufficient adhesion with inert grit.

corroded of coating.

Zinc sprayed Very porous Absorption of contaminants. Overcoat within4 hours,

steel surface. Bubbles and pin holes if not, clean by water

in the coating. abrasive blast cleaning.

Use correct sealer.

Zinc sprayed Porous surface Corrosion products are Blast clean with

steel, with zinc salts contaminated. Insufficient inert grit.

corroded and rust. adhesion of coating.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 27: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 27/338

COATINGS page 7/13

DETAILS PRONE TO CORROSION ATTACK 

Details of structures have an extremely big impact on the durability of a paint system and as a consequence

on the maintenance cost.

Up to 15% of a structure is known as a critical part in respect of corrosion protection because of

imperfect welds, sharp edges and areas where dirt and water can collect. Improvements of such

details should be an integral part of maintenance jobs

Rivetted or bolted structures are difficult to protect. Often coating systems show cracks after a certain timedue to the shrinkage of the coating around rivets, bolts or nuts or due to minor movements in the

connections of the structure. Specially formulated coatings should be used for the protection of these areas,

having a durable elasticity and low shrinkage. (Maintenance system 4111)

Prevent collection of dirt and water. Make drainage holes if

necessary and ensure that the strength of the structure is

not affected. Drainage of water should be done in a way that

water does not collect where it can cause corrosion.

 Avoid openings where dirt and water can collect.

Grind the welds and avoid breaks or tack welds.

 Avoid sharp edges and intermittent welding.

 Always attempt to have rounded shapes and complete

welds.

Structures composed of steel and concrete are frequently

incompatible as far as protection and maintenance are

concerned. At the design stage consideration should be givento the accessibility of the steel parts for painting during new

fabrication and maintenance.

Leakage between concrete floors and steel columns can be

prevented by using synthetic rubber slabs and sealants.

If these materials have to be coated the adhesion of the

paint should be checked.

When installing tanks, equipment and pipelines, there must

be sufficient space left in between to allow ventilation,

cleaning and maintenance painting.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 28: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 28/338

page 8/13

DETAILS PRONE TO CORROSION ATTACK 

In a steel structure composed of several parts there are

always places where moisture or dirt can collect.

The connections between the sloping and vertical sections

must always be constructed in a way that water can be

drained off.

The connection between round and flat surfaces always

creates areas which are difficult to protect.

These areas should be filled up by welding to improve the

protection.

The junction between facing plates also creates spots which

will remain damp.Filling these spots with welding material or a flexible

filler is necessary for a durable protection.

Containers or process tanks should be constructed in a way

that no liquid remains when emptied.

Special attention should be paid to the couplings of the

drain: the edge of the drain and coupling must not be higher

than the bottom of the tank.

Reinforcement in the shape of right-angled or U-profile mustalso be fitted in a way that painting is possible. Use a

T-profile instead of 2 right-angled profiles or place the back 

to back angles so that the opening between them can be

welded. Make sure that sharp edges of the profile are

rounded by grinding.

Reinforcement in the shape of tubes should be fitted to plate

material in a way that all parts are accessible for coating,

both during new fabrication and maintenance painting.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 29: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 29/338

COATINGS page 9/13

SUBSTRATE – PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA  

SYMPTOM – CORROSION

IDENTIFICATION

The area to be repaired will be the

scattered corroded area x 10 or the

localised corroded area x 2.

Re3 and below Re3 = spotrepair.

above Re3 = total area to be repaired.

The photos illustrating some degrees

of rusting are a reduction in size. In

practice the original European scale

of degree of rusting should be used

European scale of degree of rusting ISO 4628/3 ASTM D610

POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION

– Salt contamination. Check and if still present, wash with fresh water.

– Pinholes, porous film or damages. Feather off edges of damages.

– Deterioration. Abrade thoroughly.

– Mill-scale or remnants of rust. Abrade or blast clean mill scaled or rusty areas.

– Grit inclusions. Remove by chipping or abrading.

– Pitting. Investigate the cause. Pitting should be grinded and

filled. It is impossible to coat pittings totally by spray

application and sometimes even not by brush.

– Too low dry film thickness. Upgrade dft of maintenance system.

– Aggressive chemicals/solvents. Stop splash and spillage or change paint system.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 30: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 30/338

COATINGS page 10/13

No. 8 No. 6

SUBSTRATE – PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA  

SYMPTOM – CHECKING CRACKING

IDENTIFICATION

Checked or cracked areas like No.8

and higher figures = spot repair.

like No.6 and lower figures =

total area to be repaired.

The photos illustrating some degreesof checking and cracking are a

reduction in size.

In practice the original ASTM D 660

or ASTM D 661 should be used.

Intensity ratings are in accordance with ratings as per ASTM D 660 or D 661 ISO 4628/4 ISO 4628/5

POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION

– Hard coating on top of a soft coating. Check if still soft material is present underneath.

(checking) Sometimes caused by a too short Abrade checked paint completely.

overcoating interval or by the application Adjust paint system.

of a too high film thickness.

– Hard coating on top of a soft old coating. Check if still soft material is present underneath.

(cracking) Abrade cracked paint completely.

 Adjust paint system.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 31: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 31/338

COATINGS

SUBSTRATE – PAINT MAINTENANCE AREA  

SYMPTOM – BLISTERS

IDENTIFICATION

The area to be repaired will be the

blistered area x 10.

Below 2,5% blisters = spot repair.

 Above 2,5% blisters = total area to be

repaired.

The photos illustrating some degrees

of blistering are a reduction in size.

In practice the original ASTM

D 714-56 should be used.

 Area and Density degree according to ISO 4628/2 – ASTM D 714-56

POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION

– Soluble salts present under or in between the Check and if still present wash with fresh water.

paintcoats.

– Cathodic over protection. Adjust CP and/or change paint system.

– Contamination or grease present under or Check, degrease and remove contamination.

between coats.

– High temperature or temperature gradient. Change paint system and/or insulate.

– Contact with chemicals, solvents and water. Take preventive measures or change paint system

(condensation)

– Too low dry film thickness Upgrade dft of maintenance system.

– Too short overcoating time or application at The conditions during maintenance should betoo low temperature. improved.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

page 11/13

Page 32: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 32/338

COATINGS page 12/13

SUBSTRATE – PAINT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AREA  

SYMPTOM – DETACHMENT

IDENTIFICATION

The area to be repaired will be the

detached area x 2.

Below 15% detachment = spot repair.

 Above 15% detachment = total area

to be repaired.

POSSIBLE CAUSES MAINTENANCE CORRECTION

– Intercoat contamination within latest applied Check and remove defective paint.

system or overcoating times too long.

– Incompatibility of paint coats within latest Check specification.

applied system or with old system e.g. Change paint system.

exudation.

– Attack by aggressive solvents to old system. Change paint system.

(swelling) Remove all paint.

– Internal stresses leading to detachment from Check dft of total system.

bare steel. Too thick coat or quick temperature Remove all paint.

change see also causes blisters

– Detachment from bare steel initiated by cracks Check the extend of under creep.

and moisture. Remove defective paint.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 33: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 33/338

COATINGS page 13/13

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to beaccurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, orotherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products and information aredesigned for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user’s responsibility todetermine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arisingfrom loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are writtenagreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous productdevelopment.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure thatthis sheet is current prior to using the product.

STEEL PROTECTION

4007Tools for maintenance management

May 2000

Page 34: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 34/338

 

page 1 /4 

STEEL PROTECTION

4008Relation between pretreatment - paint system -expected lifetime 

a four page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPECTED LIFETIME OF COATING SYSTEMS

In order to select and justify a coating system, it is extremely important for the specifying engineer to have

data available describing the expected service life. The service life of a coating is related to the degree of

surface pretreatment and the exposure conditions the coating is subjected to. Only in this way it will be

possible to estimate real costs of a coating system. The service life should not be mixed up with guarantee.

SURFACE PRETREATMENT: This includes the pretreatment of old, sound, adhering coatings the

pretreatment of corroded areas and of blistered, cracked or deteriorated coatings as well as the

pretreatment of non-painted or shopprimed steel. Pretreatment by means of blastcleaning or by means of

mechanical tools should be carried out according to internationally accepted standards such as the ISOstandard 8501-01, the Japanese standard SPSS-1975, the German standard DIN 55928, part four, the

British standard BS 4232 or the American standard SSPC-Vis 1. A description of specified surface

pretreatment standards is given in information sheet 1490.

APPLICATION AND APPLICATION CONDITIONS: The pretreated surface should be kept in a condition that it

is not contaminated again. So special measures have to be taken if the work is to be executed in a polluted

or humid atmosphere. A real problem can be that build coats can not be applied by airless spray for

whatever reason. However the application of primers by brush will often be advantageous due to better

penetration and wetting of the surface with the primer.

The use of rollers for the application of primers can have drawbacks like uneven or too low dft or holidays.

The right kind of roller should be used and application should be done with sufficient pressure. Special

attention should be given to the application of paint by roller onto large surfaces under windy conditions. In

that case the paint must contain a large amount of slow evaporating solvents and should be ordered

accordingly.

 Attention should also be given to sharp edges and complex shaped structures because experience shows

that the dft on such spots is only 30% of the dft on flat surfaces, so repeated stripe coating is necessary.

COATINGS: To select a correct maintenance coating system knowledge of the performance of the previous

coating system is essential. One should also know what type of paint is still present on intact areas. An

analysis of existing exposure conditions is also very important, especially when the old coating system didnot perform as had been expected. Upgrading of an existing coating system can only be considered when

the intact coatings are still adhering well and are not degraded to the extent that they cannot provide a

sound base for the maintenance coating system. If there is any doubt it is recommended to check this by

treating a small area as a test patch.

Page 35: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 35/338

 

page 2 /4 

STEEL PROTECTION

4008Relation between pretreatment - paint system -expected lifetime 

May 2000

ATMOSPHERIC EXPOSURE

I Interior dry EP = Epoxy

II Interior wet PUR = Polyurethane

III Rural HS = High Solids

IV Industrial + Coastal

 V Industrial (Abrasion or Impact)

min. Expected life time in years

System Surface Preparation dft µ m I II III IV V

2 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 85 8

3 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 120 10 3 3

SSPS-Pt3 120 10 5 5

4 coat alkyd SSPS-Pt2 150 5 5 3

SSPS-Pt3 150 7 7 5

2 coat recoatable EP/PUR SSPS-Pt2 90 10 5

3 coat recoatable EP/PUR SSPS-Pt2 150 11 6

SSPS-Pt3 150 12 9 9 7

ISO-Sa2½ 150 10 10 8

3 coat modified HS epoxy SSPS-Pt2 195 8 8 6

3 coat surface tolerant SSPS-Pt2 225 8 8 6

EP/PUR SSPS-Pt3 225 11 11 9

ISO-Sa2½ 225 12 12 10

2 coat epoxy tar SSPS-Pt2 300 5 5 4

ISO-Sa2 300 6 6 5

SSPS-Pt3 300 8 8 7

ISO-Sa2½ 300 8 8 7

1 coat flint reinforced epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 3000 8

2 coat glassflake epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 475 8 5

2 coat waterborne acrylic ISO-Sa2½ 100 8

3 coat waterborne acrylic ISO-Sa2½ 150 10 5 5

Page 36: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 36/338

 

page 3 /4 

STEEL PROTECTION

4008Relation between pretreatment - paint system -expected lifetime 

May 2000

HIGH TEMPERATURE AND IMMERSION EXPOSURE

 VI Heat mod = modified

 VII Water

 VIII Chemicals

IX Hydro Carbons

X Waste water/slurry

min. Expected life time in years

System Surface Preparation dft µ m VI VII VIII IX X

3 coat high solids epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 375 10

2 coat epoxy tar SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 300 4

SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 300 7 8

3 coat epoxy tar ISO-Sa2½ 400 9 7 7

2 coat high solids epoxy SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 300 4

SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 300 7 7 7

ISO-Sa2½ 350 8 8 10 7

SPSS-Pt2 ISO-Sa2 450 4

SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 450 9

2 coat mod.solvent free epoxy SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 300 8

3 coat phenolic epoxy ISO-Sa3 300 9 9 10

1 coat solvent free epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 400 6 8

1 coat CSF phenolic epoxy ISO-Sa2½ 400 9 9 10

1 coat zinc silicate ISO-Sa2½ 75 8

4 coat alkyd aluminium 175° C SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 110 3

3 coat epoxy 200° C SPSS-Pt3 ISO-Sa2½ 180 3-4

1 coat silicone 450° C ISO-Sa2½ 115* 3-42 coat silicate 500° C ISO-Sa2½ 115 3-5

* including a.c. layer

Page 37: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 37/338

page 4 /4

STEEL PROTECTION

4008Relation between pretreatment - paint system -expected lifetime

May 2000

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 38: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 38/338

 

page 1 /3 

STEEL PROTECTION

4009Indication of resistance of coatingsto immersion and splash 

a three page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

GENERAL

To determine whether a system is suitable for immersion in chemicals, water, solvents or oils and fatty acids

a comparison is given of the different coating systems.

The indications are based on systems with the following characteristics.

I Sigmaguard HS system (high solids epoxy system nrs. 4073, 4080 and 4100)

Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide range of

chemicals, salts, fatty acids, solvents and water.

Not suitable for potable water and foodstuffs.

II Sigma Phenguard system (3 coat phenolic epoxy system nrs. 4076 and 4081)

Suitable for transport tanks, storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide

range of solvents, fatty acids, chemicals, monomers and water, including fresh water, hot water and

foodstuffs.

 A full resistance list is available.

III Sigmaguard EHB (2 coat high solids epoxy system nr. 4090)

Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to potable water, aliphatic

and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited range of solvents and chemicals. A full resistance list is available.

IV Sigmaguard CSF (solvent free epoxy coating nrs. 4071, 4082 and 4092)

Suitable for storage tanks continuously or intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons,

crude oil, fresh- and salt water and a limited range of chemicals. Can be applied with single feed 60:1

airless spray.

V Sigma Novaguard/Sigma Novashield (solvent free phenolic epoxy coating nrs. 4071, 4082 and

4092)

Suitable for storage tanks continuously or intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons,

crude oil, fresh- and salt water and a limited range of chemicals. Can be applied with single feed 60:1

airless spray.

VI Sigma TCN 300 (2 coat epoxy tar coating system nrs. 4070, 4091 and 4101)

Excellent resistance to water even in conjunction with cathodic protection.

Suitable for storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to crude oil and waste

water.

VII Sigma Silguard MC (one coat zinc ethyl silicate system nr. 4083)

Suitable for storage tanks for aggressive solvents. The resistance to acidic or alkaline chemicals is limited

due to the zinc pigment.

Page 39: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 39/338

 

page 2 /3 

STEEL PROTECTION

4009Indication of resistance of coatingsto immersion and splash 

May 2000

I Sigma Phenguard primer – Sigmaguard HS 4073-4080-4100II Sigma Phenguard primer – coating - finish 4076-4081

III 2 x Sigmaguard EHB 4090

IV (Sigmarite sealer) – Sigmaguard CSF 4071-4082-4092

 V Sigma Novaguard/ 4071-4082-4092

Sigma Novashield

 VI (Sigmacover primer) – 2x Sigma TCN 300 4070-4091-4101

 VII Sigma Silguard MC 4083

I II III IV V VI VII

demineralised water +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++ ++freshwater +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++seawater +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++sewage water +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ –industrial waste water +++ ++ + – ++ – –

crude oil (up to 70° C) +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ ++aliphatic hydrocarbons +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ – +++aromatic hydrocarbons +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ – +++lubrication oil (up to 70° C) +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ – ++

toluene, xylene +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ – +++

glycols +++ +++ + – + – –aggressive solvents ++ +++ + – – – +++

styrene +++ +++ ++ – – – –monomers ++ +++ – – – – –

animal and vegetable oils +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ ++ –(up to 70° C)fatty acids (up to 60° C) +++ +++ – – + – –

low molecular organic acids + – – – – – –inorganic acids ++ + + – – + –

sodium or potassium hydroxide +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ –(up to 50% and 60° C)sodium hydroxide (20%, 60° C) ++sodium hydroxide (1%, 40° C) ++ammonia (up to 25%) +++ +++ – – +++ – –amines – + – – – – ++

+++ = suitable for continuous immersion

++ = under restrictions suitable for temporary immersion

+ = only for temporary contact (splash and spillage)

– = not suitable

For more detailed information about chemical resistance at a certain temperature or concentration Sigma

Coatings should be contacted.

Page 40: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 40/338

Page 41: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 41/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4010Internal dry exposureAlkyd paint system

a two page issue May 2000revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Inside buildings with neutral atmosphere.Relative humidity below 60%.

SPECIFICATION 1:  alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, and dispersion paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen, and epoxy tar paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – intact areas, to be roughened

– damaged and rusty areas;– galvanized steel and aluminium; free from any contamination androughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmaferro primer ZPin a dft of 35 µ m/1.4 mils

– steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,derusted to min. SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmaferro primer ZPin a dft of 35 µ m/1.4 mils

paint system Sigmaferro build coat 35 µ m/1.4 milsSigmaferro gloss 35 µ m/1.4 mils

note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced bySigmaferro semigloss

SPECIFICATION 2:  alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for steel,galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steel tomin. SPSS-Pt2 and roughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sandpapering

paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 50 µ m/2.0 milsSigmaferro gloss 35 µ m/1.4 mils

note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced bySigmaferro Semigloss

SPECIFICATION 3:  fast drying alkyd new construction system

pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO-St30 - SPSS - Pt2

paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 µ m/2.4 milsSigmasteel QD finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

Page 42: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 42/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4010Internal dry exposure

 Alkyd paint system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155

Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234

Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239

Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131

Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 43: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 43/338

Page 44: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 44/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4020Internal wet exposure

 Alkyd paint system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system

pretreatment steel derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2

paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 µm/2.4 mils

Sigmasteel QD 50 µm/2.0 mils

Sigmasteel QD finish 50 µm/2.0 mils

REFERENCES

Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155

Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255

Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239

Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131

Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 45: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 45/338

Page 46: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 46/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4021Internal wet exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction especially suitablefor in-shop application

pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2

paint system Sigma EP steelline 85 µm/3.4 milsSigmadur gloss 75 µm/3.0 mils

note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced bySigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss

REFERENCES

Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456Sigmacover CM primer see product data sheet 7412Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528

Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530Sigma EP steelline see product data sheet 7802

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to

be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 47: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 47/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4022Internal wet exposureAcrylic dispersion system 

a two page issue May 2000revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Inside buildings where condensation may occur. Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.RH up to 80%.

SPECIFICATION 1:  acrylic dispersion maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber, vinyl, dispersion andepoxy tar paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – intact areas, to be roughened– damaged and rusty areas;

– galvanized steel and aluminium; free from any contamination androughened by sandpapering and primed with Sigmetal mioprimerin a dft of 50 µm/2 mils

– steel; after removal of loose paint, free from any contamination,derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ and primed with Sigmetal constructionin a dft of 75 µm/3 mils

paint system Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 milsSigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

note acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain sufficient

drying conditions

SPECIFICATION 2:  acrylic dispersion system for a total repair or new construction, suitablefor steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable), derusting of steelto min. ISO-Sa2½ and roughening of galvanized steel and aluminiumby sand papering

paint system Sigmetal construction 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 milsnote – acrylic dispersion paints require adequate ventilation to obtain

sufficient drying conditions– on galvanized steel or aluminium Sigmetal mioprimer should be used

instead of Sigmetal construction

Page 48: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 48/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4022Internal wet exposure

 Acrylic dispersion system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: acrylic dispersion system for new construction

pretreatment steel: redusted to ISO Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3

paint system Sigmetal construction 75 µm/3.0 milsSigmetal finish 50 µm/2.0 milsSigmetal finish 50 µm/2.0 mils

REFERENCES

Sigmetal mioprimer see product data sheet 7145Sigmetal construction see product data sheet 7149

Sigmetal finish see product data sheet 7251Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 49: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 49/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4024Internal wet exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Inside buildings where condensation may occur. Atmospheres with low pollution and dry climate.RH up to 80%.

SPECIFICATION 1:  surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system

for intact areas and spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– damaged and corroded areas;

– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with

Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils

– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from

any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of

60 µ m/2.4 mils

paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2:  surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or

new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of

galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting

paint system Sigmacover ST 100 µ m/4.0 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

notes – a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with

Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST

Page 50: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 50/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4024Internal wet exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3

paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 µm/5.0 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µm/3.0 mils

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability

arising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 51: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 51/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4030Rural atmospheric exposureAlkyd paint system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate

from industrial or urban activity.

Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet

radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal

environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³

air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1:  alkyd maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl, bitumen and epoxy tar paint

not suitable for galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– intact areas; to be roughened

– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and

primed with Sigmaferro primer ZP in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils+

paint system Sigmaferro build coat 35 µ m/1.4 mils

Sigmaferro gloss 35 µ m/1.4 mils

note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced

by Sigmaferro semigloss

SPECIFICATION 2:  alkyd system for a total repair or new construction, not suitable for

galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to min.ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2

paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 50 µ m/2.0 mils

Sigmaferro build coat 35 µ m/1.4 milsSigmaferro gloss 35 µ m/1.4 mils

note if a semigloss finish is required Sigmaferro gloss can be replaced by

Sigmaferro semigloss

Page 52: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 52/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4030Rural atmospheric exposure

 Alkyd paint system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd new construction system

pretreatment steel derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2

paint system Sigmasteel QD 60 µm/2.4 mils

Sigmasteel QD 50 µm/2.0 mils

Sigmasteel QD finish 50 µm/2.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating systempresent on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmaferro semigloss see product data sheet 7256

Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255

Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239

Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131

Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155

Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 53: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 53/338

 

page 1/2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4031Rural atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate

from industrial or urban activity.

Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet

radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal

environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³

air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1:  recoatable epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas and

spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy, chlorinated rubber, vinyl and polyurethane paint

not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– intact areas; to be roughened

– damaged and corroded areas;

– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with Sigmacover

aluprimer in a dft of75 µm/3.0 mils

– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from

any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a

dft of 75 µm/3.0 mils

paint system Sigmacover CM coating 50 µ m/2.0 mils

Sigmadur gloss 50 µ m/2.0 mils

note if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by

Sigmadur HB finish

SPECIFICATION 2:  recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for a total repair or new

construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and

roughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering

paint system Sigmacover aluprimer 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Sigmacover CM coating 50 µ m/2.0 mils

Sigmadur gloss 50 µ m/2.0 mils

Notes – if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by

Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss

– a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed withSigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover aluprimer

Page 54: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 54/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4031Rural atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2

paint system Sigma EP steelline 100 µm/4.0 mils

Sigmadur gloss 50 µm/2.0 mils

Notes – if a semigloss finish is required, Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by

  Sigmadur HB finish or Sigmadur HS semigloss (75 µm/3 mils)

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or byuse of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414

Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456

 Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524

Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530

Sigma EP steelline see product data sheet 7802

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to be accurate and is

intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the products made by Sigma Coatings,

whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry, or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of

our knowledge are reliable. The products and information are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial

skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.

Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and

application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liability arising from loss, injury or damage resulting

from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous product development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure that this sheet is

current prior to using the product.

Page 55: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 55/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4032Rural atmospheric exposureAcrylic dispersion system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate

from industrial or urban activity.

Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet

radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal

environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³

air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1:  acrylic dispersion maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint

not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– intact areas; to be roughened

– damaged and corroded areas;

– steel; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ and primed with Sigmetal

construction in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils

– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened and primed

Sigmetal mioprimer in a dft of 50 µ m/2 mils

paint system Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2:  acrylic dispersion system for a total repair, suitable for steel, galvanized

steel and aluminium

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system,

derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2½ and roughening of galvanized steel

and aluminium by sand papering

paint system Sigmetal construction 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

Sigmetal finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

note for galvanized steel and aluminium Sigmetal construction should be

replaced by Sigmetal mioprimer

Page 56: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 56/338

Page 57: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 57/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4034Rural atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate

from industrial or urban activity.

Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet

radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal

environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³

air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1:  surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

intact areas and spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– damaged and corroded areas;

– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with

Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils

– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from

any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of

60 µ m/2.4 mils

paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2:  surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or

new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of

galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting

paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

notes – a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with

Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST

– 2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of

150 µ m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray

Page 58: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 58/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4034Rural atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3

paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 µm/5.0 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µm/3.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins. All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530

Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the

products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 59: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 59/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4034Rural atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  This environment usually covers areas away from the coast and separate

from industrial or urban activity.

Corrosive attack is governed mostly by humidity, rainfall and ultraviolet

radiation, but is normally less aggressive than an industrial or coastal

environment. Average sulphur dioxide contents is lower than 10 µg per m³

air. Salt content in rain water is lower than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1:  surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

intact areas and spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– damaged and corroded areas;

– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with

Sigmacover ST in a dft of 60 µm/2.4 mils

– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened,dry and free from

any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of

60 µ m/2.4 mils

paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2:  surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or

new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of

galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting

paint system Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmacover ST 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

notes – a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with

Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST

– 2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of

150 µ m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray

Page 60: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 60/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4034Rural atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment steel: derusted to ISO Sa2 or SPSS-Pt3

paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 125 µm/5.0 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µm/3.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins. All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530

Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the

products made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 61: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 61/338

Page 62: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 62/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4040Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposure

 Alkyd paint system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: fast drying alkyd system for new construction, especially suitable forin-shop application

pretreatment – steel; blast cleaned to ISO Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO St3– shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned  to SPSS-Pt2

paint system Sigmasteel QD 75 µm/3.0 milsSigmaferro QD 75 µm/3.0 milsSigmaferro QD finish 50 µm/2.0 milsSigmaferro QD finish 50 µm/2.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating systempresent on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area wherebreakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of thesystem to achieve the specified dry film thickness.Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radiusunder 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or byuse of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131Sigmasteel QD see product data sheet 7155Sigmasteel QD finish see product data sheet 7234Sigmaferro selfcleaning white see product data sheet 7237Sigmaferro gloss see product data sheet 7239Sigmaferro build coat see product data sheet 7255

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 63: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 63/338

 

Page 1/3 

STEEL PROTECTION

4041Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system

a three page issue May 2000revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemicalpollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require considerationregarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due tosulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an averagesulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spraywill accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of morethan 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1: recoatable epoxy polyurethane maintenance system for intact areas andspot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane, chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint

not on top of bitumen and epoxy tar paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium (see note 1)

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination– intact areas; to be roughened– damaged and corroded areas;

– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed withSigmacover aluprimer in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from

any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of75 µm/3 mils

paint system Sigmacover CM coating 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmadur HB finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

note Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss or Sigmadur HSsemigloss

Page 64: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 64/338

 

Page 2/3 

STEEL PROTECTION

4041Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 2: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or new construction,suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 androughening of galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering

paint system Sigmacover aluprimer 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmacover CM coating 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmadur HB finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

notes – a galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed withSigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover aluprimer

– Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss orSigmadur HS semigloss

SPECIFICATION 3: recoatable epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction, especiallysuitable for in-shop application

pretreatment – Steel: blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3– Shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned

to SPSS-Pt2

paint system Sigma EP steeline 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Sigma EP steeline 75 µ m/3.0 milsSigmadur gloss 50 µ m/2.0 mils

notes – Sigmadur gloss can be replaced by Sigmadur HB finish orSigmadur HS semigloss

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating systempresent on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area wherebreakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radiusunder 2 mm should be ground.For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or byuse of an epoxy filler.

Page 65: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 65/338

Page 3/3

STEEL PROTECTION

4041Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureRecoatable epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414

Sigmacover CM coating see product data sheet 7456Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524

Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530Sigma EP steeline see product data sheet 7802

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 66: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 66/338

 

page 1/3

STEEL PROTECTION

4042Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

a three page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical

pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration

regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to

sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average

sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray

will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.

This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more

than 12 mg per litre rain.

SPECIFICATION 1:  surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane maintenance system for

intact areas and spot repair

compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber and vinyl paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– damaged and corroded areas;

– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and primed with

Sigmacover ST in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils

– galvanized steel and aluminium; to be roughened, dry and free from

any contamination and primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of

75 µm/3 mils

paint system Sigmacover ST 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Page 67: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 67/338

 

page 2/3

STEEL PROTECTION

4042Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 2:  surface tolerant high solids epoxy/polyurethane system for total repair or

new construction, suitable for steel, galvanized steel and aluminium

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system

(if applicable), derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2 and roughening of

galvanized steel and aluminium by sand papering or sweep blasting

paint system Sigmacover ST 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Sigmacover ST 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

notes – galvanized steel or aluminium substrate should be primed with

Sigmacover primer instead of Sigmacover ST

– 2 primer coats applied by roller may be replaced by 1 coat of

150 µ m/6 mils dft when applied by airless spray

SPECIFICATION 3:  High solids epoxy/polyurethane system for new construction

pretreatment – Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3

– Shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned

to SPSS-Pt2

paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 milsSigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

Page 68: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 68/338

page 3/3

STEEL PROTECTION

4042Industrial and coastal atmospheric exposureHigh solids epoxy/polyurethane system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmacover ST see product data sheet 7428

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530

Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726

 Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 69: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 69/338

 

page 1/2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4050Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impactSolvent free flint reinforced epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical

pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration

regarding increased acidic fall-out. The principal effect is corrosion due to

sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average

sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air. Additional abrasion

and impact exposure is expected.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray

will accelarate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.

This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more

than 12 mg per litre rain.

 Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be completely removed. For

maximum performance the surface should be abrasive blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.

SPECIFICATION 1:  solvent free, flint reinforced epoxy system with an excellent resistance to

impact and abrasion suitable for total repair and new construction

suitable for steel (galvanized steel)

pretreatment steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, profile roughness

(Rz) 75-100 µ m/3-4 mils

paint system Sigmacover Armour Compound 3000 µ m/120 mils

notes – Sigmacover Armour Compound can be applied on galvanized steel, but

this will occur only occasionally

– to obtain roughness the galvanizing layer will be removed partially

Page 70: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 70/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4050 Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impactSolvent free flint reinforced epoxy system

May 2000

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

Sigmacover Armour Compound.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover Armour Compound see product data sheet 7490

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 71: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 71/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4051Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impactHigh solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical

pollution accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration

regarding increased acidic fall out.The principal effect is corrosion due to sulphur dioxide attack and this

environment is characterised by an average sulphur dioxide content of more

than 10 µ g per m³ air.

 Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray

will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.

This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of morethan 12 mg per litre rain.

 Additional abrasion and impact exposure is expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential that the old paint system should be removed completely. For

maximum performance the surface should be blast cleaned to a suitable anchor pattern.

SPECIFICATION 1: high solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system with an improved

resistance to abrasion and impact suitable for total repair or new

construction

suitable for steel (galvanized steel and aluminium)

pretreatment – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, profile roughness

(Rz) 40-70 µm/1,6-2.8 mils

– galvanized steel and aluminium; blast cleaned with inert grit to an even

flat appearance is obtained profile roughness

(Rz) 40-70 µm/1.6-2.8 mils

paint system Sigmacover primer 75 µ m/ 3.0 mils

Sigmacover TCP Glassflake 400 µ m/16.0 mils

Page 72: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 72/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4051 Atmospheric exposure with abrasion/impactHigh solids glassflake reinforced epoxy system

May 2000

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area wherebreakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmacover TCP Glassflake see product data sheet 7447Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 73: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 73/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4060High temperature resistant alkyd paint systemTemperature up to 175° C / 350° F

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on

coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.

Thermal shock may be a consideration.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast

clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1:  alkyd system for temperatures up to 175° C/350° F suitable for total repair

or new construction

compatible with alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint

not on top of silicone and silicate paint

suitable for steel

not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel

pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting by blast cleaning to

ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3

paint system Sigmaferro primer ZP 35 µ m/1.4 milsSigmaferro aluminium 25 µ m/1.0 mils

Sigmaferro aluminium 25 µ m/1.0 mils

Sigmaferro aluminium 25 µ m/1.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a

temperature gradient across the surface existed.

These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat

of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.

If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged andremoved completely.

Page 74: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 74/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4060High temperature resistant alkyd paint systemTemperature up to 175°C / 350°F

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmaferro primer ZP see product data sheet 7131

Sigmaferro aluminium see product data sheet 7264

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 75: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 75/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4061High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint systemTemperature up to 350° C / 660° C

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  High temperature surfaces: The temperature aspect is usually of greater

importance than the general atmosphere. Thermal shock may need to be

considered.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast

clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1:  silicate/acrylic system for temperatures up to 350° C / 660 ° F suitable for

total repair or new construction

compatible with silicate paint

not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint

suitable for steel

not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel

pretreatment removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by blast

cleaning to

ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using discs with rough abrasive

paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 58 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Sigmatherm silacryl 30 µ m/1.2 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a

temperature gradient across the surface existed.

These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat

of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.

If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and

removed completely.

Page 76: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 76/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4061High temperature resistant silicate/acrylic paint systemTemperature up to 350°C / 660°F

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigma Tornusil MC 58 see product data sheet 7558

Sigmatherm silacyl see product data sheet 7565

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 77: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 77/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4062High temperature resistant epoxy systemTemperature up to 200° C / 390° F

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on

coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.

Thermal shock may be a consideration.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast

clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1:  epoxy system resistant to industrial pollution and temperatures up to

200° C/390° F suitable for total repair or new construction

compatible with alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane and silicate paint

not on top of silicone paint

suitable for steel, galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel

pretreatment – removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel or

roughening of galvanized steel by blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½ or disc

sanding to SPSS-Pt3

– to prevent contamination, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed

steel should be painted as soon as possible, preferably within somehours of the metal spraying

– contaminated metal sprayed steel should be high pressure water

cleaned to remove contamination the surface must be dry before

painting

paint system Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmacover CM miocoat 60 µ m/2.4 mils

note light shades may discolour above 130° C

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a

temperature gradient across the surface existed.

These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat

of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.

If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and

removed completely.

Page 78: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 78/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4062High temperature resistant epoxy systemTemperature up to 200°C / 390°F

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmacover CM miocoat see product data sheet 7427

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 79: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 79/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4063High temperature resistant silicone systemTemperature up to 450° C / 840° F

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on

coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.

Thermal shock may be a consideration.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast

clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1:  silicone system to seal aluminium sprayed metal and zinc sprayed metal

for temperatures up to 450° C/840° F suitable for total repair or new

construction

not on top of alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane paint

suitable for aluminium sprayed steel, zinc sprayed steel and zinc silicate primers

not suitable for steel

pretreatment – to prevent contamination, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed

steel should be painted as soon as possible, preferably within some

hours of the metal spraying

– contaminated metal sprayed steel should be high pressure watercleaned to remove contamination

– the surface must be dry before painting

paint system Sigmatherm siloxane 35 µ m/1.4 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a

temperature gradient across the surface existed.

These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat

of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and

removed completely.

Page 80: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 80/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4063High temperature resistant silicone systemTemperature up to 450°C / 840°F

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmatherm siloxane see product data sheet 7563

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 81: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 81/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4064High temperature resistant silicate systemTemperature up to 400° C / 750° F

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  High temperature surfaces: The surface temperature has more influence on

coating performance than surrounding atmospheric conditions.

Thermal shock may be a consideration.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system from defective areas and to blast

clean or to obtain a profile by disc sanding using discs with rough abrasive.

SPECIFICATION 1:  full silicate system for temperatures up to 400° C/750° F suitable for total

repair or new construction

compatible with suitable silicate paint

not on top of alkyd, epoxy, silicone and polyurethane paint

suitable for steel

not suitable for galvanized steel, aluminium sprayed steel and zinc sprayed steel

pretreatment – removal of damaged paint (if applicable) and derusting of steel by

blast cleaning to ISO-Sa2½ or disc sanding to SPSS-Pt3 using

discs with rough abrasive

paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 58 75 µ m/3.0 mils

Sigmatherm silicate 40 µ m/1.6 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

In many cases some parts of the surface will not have been exposed to a really high temperature, because a

temperature gradient across the surface existed.

These parts may be in relatively good condition and can be recoated for cosmetic reasons with the last coat

of the system, provided that contamination is removed and that the surface is sufficiently roughened.

If the existing coats prove to be in a brittle condition, then they should be considered as damaged and

removed completely.

Page 82: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 82/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4064High temperature resistant silicate systemTemperature up to 400°C / 750°F

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmatherm silicate see product data sheet 7555

Sigma Tornusil MC 58 see product data sheet 7558

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 83: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 83/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4070Immersion in waterEpoxy tar system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.

Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.

SPECIFICATION 1:  epoxy tar maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair, resistant to

cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70° C/160° F

compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– intact areas; to be roughened

– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2 or SPSS-Pt2 and

primed with Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 µ m/3 mils

paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 125 µ m/5.0 mils

Sigma TCN 300 black 125 µ m/5.0 mils

notes – for health reasons this system should not be used for the storage of

potable water for consumption

– when cathodic protection or high temperatures are applied the

pretreatment must be improved to ISO-Sa2½ or SSPS-Pt3 locally

SPECIFICATION 2:  epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to

cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70° C/160° F

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system

and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally

paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 µ m/6.0 mils

Sigma TCN 300 black 150 µ m/6.0 mils

note if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 µ m/3 mils

may be used

Page 84: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 84/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4070Immersion in waterEpoxy tar system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: epoxy tar system for new construction

pretreatment – Steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½

– Steel with approved zinc silicate shopprimer; power tool cleaned to

  SPSS-Pt3 or sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss. Weldseams, burned and rusty

  areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3

paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 µm/6.0 mils

Sigma TCN 300 black 150 µm/6.0 mils

note if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of 75 µm/3 mils

may be used

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radiusunder 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007

 

Page 85: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 85/338

 

page 1/2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4071Immersion in water or subsoil conditionsSolvent free epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.

Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.

SPECIFICATION 1:  solvent free (modified) epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and

spot repair, resistant to cathodic protection

compatible with epoxy-, polyurethane-, epoxy tar paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, bitumen paint

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– intact areas; to be roughened

– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally

– if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be used in a dft of

75 µm/3 mils

paint system Sigmaguard CSF 300 µ m/12.0 mils

notes – if cathodic protection is applied Sigmacover primer should be used

– for the storage of potable water Sigmaguard CSF 85 should be used

instead of Sigmaguard CSF (see information sheet 1882)

– for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be

observed with respect to primer and coating

SPECIFICATION 2:  solvent free (modified) epoxy system for a total repair or new construction,

resistant to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 50° C/120° F

pretreatment – after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint

system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½ or

SPSS-Pt3 (locally)

– if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer may be used in a dft

of 75 µm/3 mils

paint system Sigmaguard CSF 300 µ m/12.0 mils

notes – if cathodic protection is applied Sigmacover primer should be used

– for the storage of potable water Sigmaguard CSF 85 should be used

instead of Sigmaguard CSF (see information sheet 1882)

– for the storage of potable water local health regulations must also be

observed with respect to primer and coating

Page 86: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 86/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4071Immersion in water or subsoil conditionsSolvent free epoxy system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 3: solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against

abrasion for new construction, resistant to cathodic protection or

temperatures up to 70°C/ 158 °F

pretreatment Steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigma Novashield 450 µm/18.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area. All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the maintenance system will be extended.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm a grinder should be applied.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmaguard CSF see product data sheet 7443

Sigma Novashield see product data sheet 7744

Sigmaguard CSF 85 see product data sheet 7785

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Certificates for potable water see information sheet 1882

Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007

 

Page 87: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 87/338

 

page 1/2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4072Immersion in waterHigh solids tar free epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 11-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in water (in conjunction with or) without cathodic protection.

Subsoil and splashzone are also considered as immersion condition.

SPECIFICATION 1:  high solids tar free epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot

repair, resistant to cathodic protection or temperatures up to 70° C/158° F

compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paintand contamination

– intact areas; to be roughened

– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to min. ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 and

primed with Sigmacover aluprimer in a dft of 125 µ m/5 mils

paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

note the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

SPECIFICATION 2:  high solids tar free epoxy system for total repair, resistant to cathodic

protection or temperatures up to 70° C/158° F

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system

and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

note – the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

– if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of

75 µ m/3 mils can be used

SPECIFICATION 3:  high solids tar free epoxy system for new construction, resistant tocathodic protection or temperatures up to 70° C/158° F

pretreatment steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

note – if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer in a dft of

75 µ m/3 mils can be used

Page 88: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 88/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4072Immersion in waterHigh solids tar free epoxy system

May 2000

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmacover aluprimer see product data sheet 7414

Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007

 

Page 89: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 89/338

 

page 1/2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4073Immersion in water (subsoil exposure)High solids epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in water in conjunction with or without cathodic protection.

Subsoil and splash zone are also considered as immersion condition.

SPECIFICATION 1:  high solids epoxy maintenance system for intact areas and spot repair of

e.g. buried structures resistant to cathodic protection (-1150 mV, meets

 ASTM G8) or temperatures up to 50° C/120° F; resistant to immersion and

splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet 4009

compatible with epoxy, epoxy tar and polyurethane paint

not on top of chlorinated rubber, vinyl and bitumen paint

pretreatment – high pressure water cleaning to remove loose paint and contamination

– intact areas; to be roughened

– damaged and rusty areas; derusted to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally

and primed with Sigmarite sealer in a dft of 50 µm/2 mils

paint system Sigmaguard HS 400 µ m/16.0 mils

notes – complex structures should be coated with 2 coats Sigmaguard HS with

a dft of 200 µ m/8 mils each

– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

SPECIFICATION 2:  high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction of e.g.

buried structures resistant to cathodic protection (-1150 mV, meets ASTM

G8) or temperatures up to 50° C/120° F

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½ or SPSS-Pt3 locally

paint system Sigmarite sealer 50 µ m/ 2.0 mils

Sigmaguard HS 400 µ m/16.0 mils

notes – complex structures should be coated with 2 coats Sigmaguard HS witha dft of 200 µ m/8 mils each

– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

Page 90: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 90/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4073Immersion in water (subsoil exposure)High solids epoxy system

May 2000

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life time of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the actual surface area.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

By giving more attention to these areas, the life time of the maintenance system will be extended.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitt ing : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or byuse of an epoxy filler.

REFERENCES

Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420

Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007

 

Page 91: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 91/338

 

page 1/2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4076Immersion in hot waterPhenolic epoxy system - Mio epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Non-saline water: hot water applicable to e.g. water tanks, storage

tanks and domestic water systems.

Sea water: hot sea and other saline waters.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

Protection against hot water by a coating system is in fact very critical. Only the combination of very good

pretreatment, correct film thicknesses, good curing and optimal ventilation after application of the coating

will give the desired protection against the influence of hot water. Good surface preparation is essential if

good performance of hot water resistant systems is to be achieved.

 A pitted corroded surface, impurities in the protective coating or bad workmanship will result in failures.

In service the steel substrate should have about the same temperature as the hot water itself in order to

avoid blistering (as a result of the cold wall effect). Equipment, tank or vessel must therefore be sheltered

against cold wind and/or insulated adequately to reduce heat transfer through the steel wall plus coating

system.

 Application of the paints must be done very carefully, avoiding excess thickness, avoiding solvent trapping

and maintaining good ventilation and curing conditions throughout the application process. (See sheet 1434).

Forced curing by means of hot water of 60° C or by means of hot air will give definitely better results and is

strongly recommended.

SPECIFICATION 1:  phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to

hot water (100° C/210° F)

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint

system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to min. ISO-Sa2½,

blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils

paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 µ m/4.0 mils

Sigma Phenguard coating 100 µ m/4.0 mils

Sigma Phenguard finish 100 µ m/4.0 mils

notes – spot repair can be made using same system

– existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered

– the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft

Page 92: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 92/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4076Immersion in hot waterPhenolic epoxy system - Mio epoxy system

May 2000

SPECIFICATION 2: mio epoxy system for a total repair or new construction resistant to hotwater (100°C/210°F)

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning, complete removalof old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel by means of blast cleaning to min.

ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-75 µm/1.6-3.0 mils

paint system Sigmarite sealer green 80 µm/3.2 mils

Sigmarite sealer grey 80 µm/3.2 mils

Sigmarite sealer green 80 µm/3.2 mils

notes – spot repairs can be made using same system

– existing coating around damages should be carefully feathered– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

REFERENCES

Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420

Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409

Sigma Phenguard coating see product data sheet 7435

Sigma Phenguard finish see product data sheet 7436

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Tools for maintenance manual see information sheet 4007

 

Page 93: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 93/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4080Immersion in chemicalsHigh solids epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies. Application areas:

storage tanks and equipment continuously or intermittently exposed to a

wide range of chemicals, salts, fatty acids, solvents and water.

Not suitable for storage of potable water and foodstuffs.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.

Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).

Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spot repair.

SPECIFICATION 1:  high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new constrcution; resistant to

immersion and splash as indicated by data in sheet 4009

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint

system (if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½,

blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils

paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 µ m/ 4.0 mils

Sigmaguard HS 250 µ m/10.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

Page 94: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 94/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4080Immersion in chemicalsHigh solids epoxy system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409

Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 95: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 95/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4081Immersion in chemicalsPhenolic epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 11-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies

 Application areas: transport tanks, storage tanks and equipment

continuously or intermittently exposed to a wide range of solvents, fatty

acids, chemicals, monomers and water, including fresh water, hot water and

foodstuffs. A full resistance list is available.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.

Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).

Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spot repair.

SPECIFICATION 1:  phenolic epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to

immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating

resistance list; for indications see also sheet 4009

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to at least ISO-Sa2½,

blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µm/2-4 mils

paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 µ m/4.0 milsSigma Phenguard coating 100 µ m/4.0 mils

Sigma Phenguard finish 100 µ m/4.0 mils

note the individual coats may not exceed 1,5 x the specified dft

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

Page 96: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 96/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4081Immersion in chemicalsPhenolic epoxy system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409

Sigma Phenguard coating see product data sheet 7435

Sigma Phenguard finish see product data sheet 7436

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 97: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 97/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4082Immersion in chemicalsSolvent free epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in or splash of chemicals, acids and alkalies.

 Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or

intermittently exposed to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and water.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.

Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).

Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

The chemical resistance will be determined by the existing coating system and the spotrepair.

SPECIFICATION 1:  solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,

resistant to immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet

4009

pretreatment – if an old paint system is present, high pressure water cleaning and

complete removal

– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigma Novaguard 400 µ m/16.0 mils

SPECIFICATION 2:  solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, resistant to

immersion and splash of chemicals as indicated by data in sheet 4009

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigmaguard CSF 400 µ m/16.0 mils

note if a holding primer is required a suitable epoxy primer should be applied in a

dft of 50 µm/2 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

Page 98: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 98/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4082Immersion in chemicalsSolvent free epoxy system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmaguard CSF see product data sheet 7443

Sigma Novaguard see product data sheet 7453

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 99: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 99/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4083Immersion in chemicalsZinc ethyl silicate system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in or splash of chemicals, specifically solvents.

 Application areas: for storage tanks for aggressive solvents. The resistance

to acidic or alkaline chemicals is limited due to the zinc pigment. A full

resistance list is available.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain an optimal result it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel surface.

Spot repairs can be made using this system (see 4005).

Existing coating around damages should be feather edged

SPECIFICATION 1:  zinc ethyl silicate system for a total repair or new construction; resistant

to immersion and splash of chemicals according to the tankcoating

resistance list, for indications see also sheet 4009

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½,

blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm/1.6-2.8 mils

paint system Sigma Silguard MC 75 µ m/3.0 mils

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

Page 100: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 100/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4083Immersion in chemicalsZinc ethyl silicate system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigma Silguard MC see product data sheet 7551

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 101: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 101/338

Page 102: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 102/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4090Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oil

High solids epoxy system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmaguard EHB see product data sheet 7433

Sigmarite sealer see product data sheet 7420

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 103: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 103/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4091Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oilEpoxy tar system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.

 Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or

intermittently exposed to crude oil and (waste) water.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel

surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)

Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1:  epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for crude

oil, resistant to temperatures up to 70° C/160° F

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel

to ISO-Sa2½

if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be applied in a dft of

75 µm/3 mils

paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 125 µ m/5.0 mils

Sigma TCN 300 black 125 µ m/5.0 mils

note in contact with refined petroleum products leaching of coal tar can be

expected

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

Page 104: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 104/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4091Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oilEpoxy tar system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 105: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 105/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4092Immersion in refined petroleum products and crude oilSolvent free epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Immersion in crude oil or splash of crude oil or refined petroleum products.

 Application areas: storage tanks and equipment continuously or

intermittently exposed to alifatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and a limited

range of solvents and chemicals. A full resistance list is available.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel

surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)

Existing coatings around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1:  solvent free phenolic epoxy system for new construction or total repair,

suitable for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil

temperatures up to 70° C/160° F

pretreatment – if an old paint system is present complete removal of the sytem is

required after high pressure water cleaning

– steel; derusted to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigma Novaguard 400 µ m/16.0 mils

notes – quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and

holidays and repaired according to this specification

– to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Sigma Novaguad could be applied

– more detailed information with regards to protection of tank bottoms

can be found in separate manual

– if a holding primer is required Sigma Phenguard primer should be used

SPECIFICATION 2:  solvent free epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable

for refined petroleum products and crude oil, resistant to crude oil

temperatures up to 70° C/160° F

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigmarite sealer 50 µ m/ 2.0 mils

Sigmaguard CSF 500 µ m/20.0 mils

notes – quality of the applied coating should be checked on pinholes and

holidays and repaired according to this specification

– to fill pittings a scrapelayer of Sigmaguard CSF could be applied

Page 106: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 106/338

Page 107: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 107/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4100Immersion in waste water and slurryHigh solids epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and

domestic water systems, with pH between 2 and 10 and where abrasion can

be expected

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel

surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)

Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully

SPECIFICATION 1:  high solids epoxy system for a total repair or new construction, suitable forwaste water of pH 2-10 and abrasion resistant to slurries of waste water

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steelto ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 50-100 µ m/ 2-4 mils

paint system Sigma Phenguard primer 100 µ m/4.0 milsSigmaguard HS 150 µ m/6.0 milsSigmaguard HS 150 µ m/6.0 mils

notes – to prevent severe pitting if exposed to acidic water, the coating systemshould be checked for pinholes and holidays and repaired according to

this specification– the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system

The following parameters can be usedFor hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more

For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

Page 108: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 108/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4100Immersion in waste water and slurryHigh solids epoxy system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigma Phenguard primer see product data sheet 7409

Sigmaguard HS see product data sheet 7448

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 109: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 109/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4101Immersion in waste water and slurryEpoxy tar system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and

domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel

surface. Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)

Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1:  epoxy tar system for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste

water and mud

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel

to ISO-Sa2½

if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer can be applied in a dft of

50 µm/2 mils

paint system Sigma TCN 300 brown 150 µ m/6.0 mils

Sigma TCN 300 black 150 µ m/6.0 mils

note to prevent severe pitting when exposed to acidic water the quality of the

coating system should be checked on pinholes and holidays and repaired

according to this specification

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

Page 110: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 110/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4101Immersion in waste water and slurryEpoxy tar system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigma TCN 300 see product data sheet 7472

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 111: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 111/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4102Immersion in waste water and slurryHigh solids tar free epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 11-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks and

domestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel

surface.

Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)

Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1:  high solids epoxy tar free system for a total repair or new construction,

suitable for waste water and mud

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel

to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

note – the individual coats may not exceed 2 x the specified dft

– if a holding primer is required Sigmacover primer 75 µ m/3.0 mils can

be used

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radiusunder 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

Page 112: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 112/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4102Immersion in waste water and slurryHigh solids tar free epoxy system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 113: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 113/338

 

page 1/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4103Immersion in waste water and slurrySolvent free phenolic epoxy system

a two page issue May 2000

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: Applicable to river installations, sewage-treatment tanks, water tanks anddomestic water systems, and where abrasion can be expected.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

To obtain a good performance it is essential to remove the old paint system and to blast clean the steel

surface.

Spot repairs can be made using this system. (see 4005)

Existing coating around damages should be feather edged carefully.

SPECIFICATION 1:  Solvent free phenolic epoxy system with improved resistance against

abrasion for a total repair or new construction, suitable for waste water

and mud

pretreatment complete removal of old paint system (if applicable) and derusting of steel

to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigma Novashield 450 µm/18.0 mils

 

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area wherebreakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.

For pitting : Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding or by

use of an epoxy filler.

Page 114: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 114/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4103Immersion in waste water and slurrySolvent free phenolic epoxy system

May 2000

REFERENCES

Sigma Novashield see product data sheet 7744

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 115: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 115/338

 

page 1/3 

STEEL PROTECTION

4110System for special conditionsDamp steel surfaces

a three page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

 Application areas: all steel surfaces exposed to internal, rural, industrial polluted, sea and

coastal, water immersed and waste water immersed conditions.

GENERAL ASPECTS

Cleaning of steel by means of water (abrasive) blast cleaning has become widely accepted and is particularly

being used in the protective coating industry including offshore constructions.

The advantages of these cleaning techniques are:

– avoidance of spark hazard– reduction of dust

– removal of water soluble salts

– removal of deteriorated paints, layer by layer if the intercoat adhesion is bad

– roughening and cleaning of existing intact paint systems

– operational in unfavourable weather conditions

 After the water (abrasive) blast cleaning process the substrate is contaminated with a wet sludge which can

be best removed as long as the sludge is still wet, by rinsing with fresh water.

In order to prevent flash rusting, Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor should be added to the water used in the blasting

process and certainly must be added to the rinsing water.

The primer must be moisture tolerant and compatible with the inhibitor.

SURFACE PRETREATMENT

Wet blasting and cleaning techniques

Some examples of these techniques are given below, not pretending to be complete. New developments

with wet blasting methods are presented regularly, improving the efficiency and reducing the amount of

water or grit.

– Low pressure water abrasive blast cleaning

Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm²

Water consumption = 90-300 l/hour

Cleaning speed = 10-16 m² /hour, depending on material to be removed

Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be obtained.

Page 116: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 116/338

 

page 2/3 

STEEL PROTECTION

4110System for special conditionsDamp steel surfaces

May 2000

– Low pressure humidified abrasive blast cleaning

Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm²

Water consumption = 5-60 l/hour

Cleaning speed = 10-16 m² /hour, depending on material to be removed

Result: a surface cleanliness and blasting profile as required can be obtained.

– Very high pressure water cleaning

Pressure = 700-900 kg/cm²

Water consumption = up to 4000 l/hour

Cleaning speed = up to 5 m² /hour depending on material to be removed

Result: the steel profile remains unchanged after removal of the old paint system.

– steam cleaning

Pressure = 100-120 kg/cm²

Water consumption = 750-800 l/hour

Result: cleaning technique with the advantage that the wet substrate dries faster

Corrosion Inhibition

The (blast) cleaned surface should stay free from flash rust during some hours after completion, therefore

suitable corrosion inhibitors should be added to the water.

The use of an inhibitor should not lead to osmotic effects (blistering - loss of adhesion). Sigma Wet Blast

Inhibitor does not show any adverse effects.

Depending on the working conditions it is recommended to use approx. 0,1 % of the inhibitor for the blasting

process and approx 0,5 % for the rinsing process. Normal interval before priming is within 8 hours.

PRIMER FOR CLEANED DAMP STEEL

If the substrate is to be primed immediately after water abrasive blast cleaning, surplus water droplets

should be removed by blowing oil free compressed air over the surface.

The water displacing action of a coating applied to a damp surface takes time as the water not only has to

be displaced but also to be transported through the paint film before it can evaporate.

Thicker coats can absorb more water than thinner coats and also will dry slower so that the water displacing

action is extended over a longer period.

Therefore in the system specification a minimum and a maximum dry film thickness are stated.

The primer must be moisture tolerant and compatible with the inhibitor.

These properties are combined in Sigmacover primer.

Page 117: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 117/338

page 3/3

STEEL PROTECTION

4110System for special conditionsDamp steel surfaces

May 2000

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION FOR DAMP STEEL SURFACES

SPECIFICATION 1 priming of cleaned - damp steel

pretreatment water (abrasive) blast cleaning

bare steel and coated steel; cleaned to ISO-Sa2½,

profile roughness (Rz) 35-50 µm/1.4-2 mils recommended is to use fresh

water with approx. 0,1% Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor

rinsing

remove wet sludge,use fresh water with approx. 0,5 % Sigma Wet Blast Inhibitor

removal of water droplets

remove water droplets by means of oil free compressed air

paint system Sigmacover primer 60 µm/2.4 mils

continue with specified system

note an inhibitor concentration of up to 1% may be necessary when rinsing

takes place under very aggressive atmospheric conditions

Conditions to assure a good quality of the protective coating system:

– Avoid large amounts of water being present on the surface.

– "Damp" means free from droplets or pools of water.

– Steel temperature should be above 0°C

– High relative humidity does not affect the primer, provided condensation does not take place.

– The blasting profile obtained should meet the specification.

– For wet or immersed exposure conditions Sigmacover primer must be used.

– If the surface is dried completely any specified paint system can be applied.

 

Page 118: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 118/338

 

page 1/2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4112System for special conditionsZinc silicate primed steel

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-1995

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemical

pollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration

regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to

sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average

sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray

will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.

This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more

than 12 mg per litre rain.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

Due to its excellent anticorrosive properties, zinc silicate primers are often specified for new fabrication.

However, in maintenance coating systems zinc silicate primers cannot be applied on top of existing organic

coatings, because of lack of adhesion.

Nevertheless as a result of the good experience with the new fabrication coating system it is often decided

to start the maintenance coating system again with a zinc silicate primer.

In that case a full reblast of the substrate is necessary.

If a full reblast is impossible other recommendations for maintenance are given in sheets 4041-4042.

SPECIFICATION 1:  system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc ethyl silicateprimer, followed by an epoxy build coat

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 60 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmacover CM miocoat 150 µ m/6.0 mils

note if gloss retention is required, see specification 2

SPECIFICATION 2:  system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc ethyl silicateprimer, followed by an epoxy build coat and finished with a recoatable

polyurethane finish

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigma Tornusil MC 60 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmacover CM miocoat 100 µ m/4.0 mils

Sigmadur HB finish 50 µ m/2.0 mils

note Sigmadur HB finish can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss or Sigmadur HS

semigloss

Page 119: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 119/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4112System for special conditionsZinc silicate primed steel

May 2000

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover CM miocoat see product data sheet 7427

Sigmadur HB finish see product data sheet 7524

Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530

Sigma Tornusil MC 60 see product data sheet 7560

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Quality aspects of zinc silicate application and topcoating see information sheet 1706Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 120: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 120/338

 

page 1/2 

STEEL PROTECTION

4113System for special conditionsZinc epoxy primed steel

a two page issue May 2000

EXPOSURE CONDITIONS:  INDUSTRIAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and chemicalpollution will accelerate the corrosion process and require consideration

regarding increased acidic fall out. The principal effect is corrosion due to

sulphur dioxide attack and this environment is characterised by an average

sulphur dioxide content of more than 10 µ g per m³ air.

COASTAL: Conditions of high humidity, ultraviolet radiation and salt spray

will accelerate the corrosion process, aggravated by wind borne particles.

This environment is characterised by a salt content in rain water of more

than 12 mg per litre rain.

GENERAL ASPECTS:

Due to its good anticorrosive properties, zinc epoxy primers are often specified for new fabrication.

However, in maintenance coating systems zinc epoxy primers cannot be applied on top of existing organic

coatings, because of lack of adhesion.

Nevertheless as a result of the good experience with the new fabrication coating system it is often decided

to start the maintenance coating system again with a zinc epoxy primer.

In that case a full reblast of the substrate is necessary.

If a full reblast is impossible other recommendations for maintenance are given in sheets 4041-4042.

SPECIFICATION 1:  high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc

epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigmacover HS zinc primer 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

note if gloss retention is required, see specification 2

SPECIFICATION 2:  high solids system for a total repair or new construction, using a zinc

epoxy primer, followed by an epoxy build coat and finished with arecoatable polyurethane finish

pretreatment after high pressure water cleaning complete removal of old paint system

(if applicable) and derusting of steel to ISO-Sa2½

paint system Sigmacover HS zinc primer 60 µ m/2.4 mils

Sigmacover DTM coating 150 µ m/6.0 mils

Sigmadur HS semigloss 75 µ m/3.0 mils

note Sigmadur HB semigloss can be replaced by Sigmadur gloss

Page 121: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 121/338

page 2/2

STEEL PROTECTION

4113System for special conditionsZinc epoxy primed steel

May 2000

GENERAL APPLICATION ASPECTS:

The life of any protective system is determined by the dry film thickness of the anticorrosive coating system

present on weldseams, sharp edges, bolts and nuts, these being the critical 20% of the surface area where

breakdown begins.

 All critical areas should be given extra stripe coats with the same material as the consecutive coat of the

system to achieve the specified dry film thickness.

Giving more attention to these areas will extend the life of the maintenance system.

The following parameters can be used.

For hand laid welds: Beads with a surface irregularity exceeding 3 mm or with sharp crests having a radius

under 2 mm should be ground.

For sharp edges: All edges to be rounded off with a grinder to a radius of 2 mm or more.For pitting: Pitting in excess of 2 mm in depth and under 5 mm in diameter should be filled by welding.

REFERENCES

Sigmadur gloss see product data sheet 7528

Sigmadur HS semigloss see product data sheet 7530

Sigmacover HS zinc primer see product data sheet 7702

Sigmacover DTM coating see product data sheet 7726

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Tools for maintenance management see information sheet 4007

 

Page 122: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 122/338

 

page 1/4

1410

 

CONVERSION TABLES

a four page issue October 1999

revision of 5-1997

GENERAL

1 atmosphere = 14.223 lb/sq.in.

1 foot = 0.305 metre

1 Imp. gallon = 4.546 litres

1 litre = 0.220 Imp. gallon

1 litre = 0.264 US gallon

1 metre = 3.281 feet

1 sq. foot = 0.093 sq. metre

1 sq. metre = 10.765 sq. feet

1 US gallon = 3.785 litres1 yard = 0.915 metre

1 metre = 1.0936 yard

degree C = 5/9 x (degree F - 32)

degree F = 9/5 x degree C + 32

PRESSURE

(kg/cm²) (p.s.i.) (kg/cm²) (p.s.i.)

atmosphere lb/sq.in. atmosphere lb/sq.in.

(bar) (bar)

100 1420

1 14.2  110 1560

2 28.4 120 1710

3 42.7 130 1850

4 56.9 140 1990

5 71.1 150 21306 85.3 160 2280

7 99.6 170 2420

8 113.8 180 2560

9 128.0 190 2700

10 142.2 200 2840

 VOLUME

1 Imperial gallon = 4.55 litre

= 1.2 US gallons

1 litre = 0.22 Imperial gallon

= 0.26 US gallon

1 US gallon = 3.79 litre

= 0.83 Imperial gallon

litres Imperial US gallons

gallons

1 0.22 0.26

2 0.44 0.53

3 0.66 0.79

4 0.88 1.06

5 1.10 1.32

6 1.32 1.58

7 1.54 1.85

8 1.76 2.11

9 1.98 2.38

10 2.20 2.64

15 3.30 3.96

20 4.40 5.28

50 11.00 13.21

100 22.00 26.42

DRY FILM THICKNESS

mi- mi- mi- mi-

crons crons crons crons

(µm) mils (µm) mils (µm) mils (µm) mils

8 0.3 105 4.2 205 8.2 305 12.2

10 0.4 110 4.4 210 8.4 310 12.4

15 0.6 115 4.6 215 8.6 315 12.6

20 0.8 120 4.8 220 8.8 320 12.8

25  1.0  125 5.0 225 9.0 325 13.0

30 1.2 130 5.2 230 9.2 330 13.2

35 1.4 135 5.4 235 9.4 335 13.4

40 1.6 140 5.6 240 9.6 340 13.6

45 1.8 145 5.8 245 9.8 345 13.8

50 2.0 150 6.0 250 10.0 350 14.055 2.2 155 6.2 255 10.2 355 14.2

60 2.4 160 6.4 260 10.4 360 14.4

65 2.6 165 6.6 265 10.6 365 14.6

70 2.8 170 6.8 270 10.8 370 14.8

75 3.0 175 7.0 275 11.0 375 15.0

80 3.2 180 7.2 280 11.2 380 15.2

85 3.4 185 7.4 285 11.4 385 15.4

90 3.6 190 7.6 290 11.6 390 15.6

95 3.8 195 7.8 295 11.8 395 15.8

100 4.0 200 8.0 300 12.0 400 16.0

Page 123: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 123/338

 

page 2/4

1410 CONVERSION TABLES

October 1999

SPREADING RATE

Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./ Sq.m./l Sq.ft./ sq.ft./

Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal Imp.gal US gal

1.0 49 41 5.0 244 203 9.0 440 366

1.1 54 45 5.1 249 208 9.1 445 370

1.2 59 49 5.2 254 212 9.2 450 374

1.3 64 53 5.3 259 216 9.3 455 378

1.4 68 57 5.4 264 220 9.4 460 383

1.5 73 61 5.5 269 224 9.5 464 387

1.6 78 65 5.6 274 228 9.6 469 3911.7 83 69 5.7 279 232 9.7 474 395

1.8 88 73 5.8 284 236 9.8 479 399

1.9 93 77 5.9 288 240 9.9 484 403

2.0 98 81 6.0 293 244 10.0 490 405

2.1 103 85 6.1 298 248 10.5 515 425

2.2 108 89 6.2 303 252 11.0 540 450

2.3 112 94 6.3 308 256 11.5 560 470

2.4 117 98 6.4 313 260 12.0 585 490

2.5 122 102 6.5 318 265 12.5 610 510

2.6 127 106 6.6 323 269 13.0 635 530

2.7 132 110 6.7 328 273 13.5 660 5502.8 137 114 6.8 332 277 14.0 685 570

2.9 142 118 6.9 337 281 14.5 710 590

3.0 147 122 7.0 342 285 15.0 735 610

3.1 152 126 7.1 347 289 15.5 760 630

3.2 156 130 7.2 352 293 16.0 780 650

3.3 161 134 7.3 357 297 16.5 805 670

3.4 166 138 7.4 362 301 17.0 830 690

3.5 171 142 7.5 367 305 17.5 855 710

3.6 176 146 7.6 372 309 18.0 880 735

3.7 181 151 7.7 376 313 18.5 905 755

3.8 186 155 7.8 381 317 19.0 930 775

3.9 191 159 7.9 386 321 19.5 955 795

4.0 196 163 8.0 391 325 20.0 980 815

4.1 200 167 8.1 396 330 20.5 1000 835

4.2 205 171 8.2 401 334 21.0 1025 855

4.3 210 175 8.3 406 338 21.5 1050 875

4.4 215 179 8.4 411 342 22.0 1075 895

4.5 220 183 8.5 416 346 22.5 1100 915

4.6 225 187 8.6 420 350 23.0 1125 935

4.7 230 191 8.7 425 354 23.5 1150 955

4.8 235 195 8.8 430 358 24.0 1175 9754.9 240 199 8.9 435 362 24.5 1200 995

Page 124: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 124/338

 

page 3/4

1410 CONVERSION TABLES

October 1999

VISCOSITY

DIN Ford Afnor B.S. DIN Ford Afnor B.S.

cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4 cup 4 cup 4 coupe 4 cup 4

15 15 17 19 44 53 56 60

16 17 18 20 46 55 59 63

17 18 20 22 48 58 62 66

18 19 21 23 50 60 64 69

19 21 23 25 55 67 71 75

20 22 24 26 60 73 78 82

21 23 25 28 65 79 84 8922 25 27 29 70 86 91 96

23 26 28 31 75 92 97 105

24 28 30 32 80 98 104 109

25 29 31 33 85 104 110 116

26 30 32 34 90 111 117 123

27 31 34 36 95 117 124 130

28 33 35 37 100 123 130 138

29 34 36 38 110 136 144 152

30 35 38 40 120 148 157 166

32 38 40 43 130 160 171 180

34 40 43 46 140 173 184 19436 43 46 49 150 185 197 207

38 45 48 52 160 198 210 221

40 48 51 54 170 210 224 235

42 51 54 57 180 223 237 249

Page 125: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 125/338

page 4/4

CONVERSION TABLES

October 1999

TEMPERATURE °C = ( °F - 32 ) x 5/9

°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F

–10 14.0 8 46.4 32 90 95 203

– 9 15.8 9 48.2 34 93 100 212

– 8 17.6 10 50.0 36 97 110 230

– 7 19.4 11 51.8 38 100 120 248

– 6 21.2 12 53.6 40 104 130 266

– 5 23.0 13 55.4 42 108 140 284

– 4 24.8 14 57.2 44 111 150 302

– 3 26.6 15 59.0 46 115 160 320– 2 28.4 16 60.8 48 118 170 338

– 1 30.2 17 62.6 50 122 180 356

  0 32.0 18 64.4 55 131 190 374

  1 33.8 19 66.2 60 140 200 392

  2 35.6 20 68.0 65 149 250 482

  3 37.4 22 72.0 70 158 300 572

  4 39.2 24 75.0 75 167 350 662

  5 41.0 26 79.0 80 176 400 752

  6 42.8 28 82.0 85 185 450 842

  7 44.6 30 86.0 90 194 500 932

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensure

that this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 126: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 126/338

 

page 1/7

1411

 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

a seven page issue January 2000

revision of 5-1997

GENERAL

For ease of reference figures are usually stated in one unit only. Equivalents are given in the conversion

tables. See sheet 1410 Conversion tables.

 All values are given for temperature of 20°C (68°F) and relative humidity of 70%, unless stated otherwise.

GLOSS

With a ‘Lange’ gloss gauge 5 ranges of gloss have been determined, compared with a standard sheet of

black polished glass. The gloss values are determined according to ISO 2813 (= NEN 2813 = ASTM D-523,

DIN 67530).

The expressions used in the data sheets are:

Flat corresponds with 0- 15% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°)

Eggshell corresponds with 15- 30% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°)

Semi-gloss corresponds with 30- 60% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°)

Gloss corresponds with 60- 80% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°)

High-gloss corresponds with 80-100% on Lange gloss gauge (angle 60°, at 20° angle above 70%)

MICACEOUS IRON OXIDE AND/OR ALUMINIUM CONTAINING PAINTS

Micaceous iron oxide and/or aluminium containing paints show different appearance and colour impression

depending on thickness and application method. A touch-up by brushing may be visible on a sprayed area.

SHELF LIFE

The period from the date of manufacture during which the paint can be transported and stored in

undamaged and unopened packing at temperatures between 10-30°C, without any influence on the

application or performance of the paint.

 After exceeding this period the paint is subject to reinspection.

Water-borne products must be protected from freezing at all times during storage.

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES

see sheet 1490 – Cleaning of steel and removal of rust

see sheet 1650 – Relative humidity - Substrate temperature - Air temperature

see also sheets – 1492 and 1493 (for pipes and fittings)

FULL CURE

‘Full cure’ means, that the properties of a paint as described in the product data sheet are achieved (suitable

for service). However, in case of dry bulk carriage an extra curing time may be required before the coating

has reached its full mechanical strength and is suitable for carriage of hard angular cargoes

FLASH POINT

Is determined for paints according to ISO 1523 (= DIN 53213 = ASTM D-3278, corresponding to Sigma

method SM 311-41)

For thinners the flashpoint is determined according to DIN 51755 (corresponding to Sigma method

SM 311-42) or calculated.See also sheet 1431 - Safety in confined spaces and health safety.

Page 127: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 127/338

 

page 2/7

1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

OVERCOATING TABLEThe data given is a fair indication for normal conditions, longer drying times are necessary at lower

temperatures and under unfavourable weather and/or ventilation conditions and higher dry film thicknesses.

For epoxy coatings the minimum curing time for the recommended dft is given in the data sheets.

For average dfts 50% higher, the minimum overcoating time should be multiplied by 1,5 and for average dfts

100% higher the multiplication factor is 2,5.

TOUCH DRY

The touch dry time corresponds with the tack free time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640

(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01). The touch dry time will be influenced by dft, ventilation

conditions and substrate temperature.

DRY TO HANDLE

The dry to handle time corresponds with the dry-through time measured in accordance with ASTM D-1640

(corresponding with Sigma method SM 315-01) and indicates the time when walking over is possible.

The dry-to-handle time will be influenced by dft, ventilation conditions and substrate temperature and should

not be necessarily interpreted as ready for transportation due to the likelihood of excessive damage.

DRY FILM THICKNESS (dft) / WET FILM THICKNESS (wft)

The dry film thickness can be calculated from the applied wet film thickness:

dft =  wft x % volume solids  wft =  dft x 100100 % volume solids

Recommended dft

The dry film thickness for a paint system indicated in our system sheets is the recommended dft for the

specific exposure conditions.

Dft specifications referred to herein are valid for the coatings and coating systems in this manual unless

mentioned otherwise in the respective product and system sheets.

Minimum dft for application

The minimum dft of a paint system (also a one coat system) should follow the 90/10 rule (e.g. 90% of therecommended dft is acceptable for up to 10% of the readings only), whilst for individual coats the

minimum dft should not be lower than 80% of the recommended dft, and must form a closed film.

Maximum dft for application - General

 Application of a paint at thicknesses in excess of the dft recommended on the product data sheet may result

in performance problems. Such problems include solvent retention and a reduction in cohesive strength in

association with certain types of topcoat.

In a coating system, the dft of a primer is of the utmost importance. In general, Sigma Coatings would

restrict the dft of any primer to 1.5 times that specified on the product data sheet.

Page 128: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 128/338

Page 129: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 129/338

 

page 4/7

1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

SOLIDS CONTENT BY VOLUMEThis value is given in the product data sheet. It can be determined by a laboratory test, Sigma method 314-

10 corresponding to ISO method 3233 (= ASTM method D 2697 = DIN 53219, NEN 5346) or calculated from

the formulation.

The calculated theoretical solids content by volume is in general lower than the determined solids content by

volume. The latter approximates best to practice, assuming that the table for spreading rate losses is used

correctly.

TOLERANCES

 Values given for specific gravity, theoretical spreading rate and solids content are averages from standard

production batches; these values can vary slightly, also for colours of one product.

VENTILATION

For more information, see the following data sheets:

1430 Safety indications

1431 Safety in confined spaces and health safety, explosion hazard - toxic hazard

1434 Directives for ventilation practice

 Adequate ventilation during application and curing of the coating is not only required for health and safety

reasons but also to ensure that the coating gives optimal performance.

Stagnant air/high vapour concentrations in confined spaces must be avoided. Forced ventilation will help to

avoid high vapour concentrations and possible solvent entrapment in the coating which may produce atemporary plasticising effect. Ventilation with cold, humid air in the drying stage should be avoided.

 Also avoid ventilation with heated air during the wet film forming stage as this approach may give skinning

and increased solvent entrapment.

THEORETICAL SPREADING RATE

The theoretical spreading rate m²/l for a given dry film thickness can be calculated from:

m²/l =  % volume solids x 10 

dry film thickness (in µm)

PRACTICAL SPREADING RATEThe practical spreading rate depends on a number of factors:

surface condition and profile, application method, normal, high build or solvent-free paint, skill of labour and

weather conditions. It is often estimated at about 70 % of the theoretical spreading rate but under many

conditions this is still far too high. For calculation purposes the following table has been composed in which

spreading rate LOSSES are compiled.

Substrates like wood and concrete are not included because they present too many other variable factors,

especially in the preparation, the filling of pores, etc.

RECOMMENDED THINNERS

This product must only be thinned using the recommended Sigma thinners. The use of alternative thinners,

particularly these containing alcohols, can severely inhibit the curing mechanism of certain coating typesand will influence the performance.

Page 130: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 130/338

 

page 5/7

1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

ESTIMATED LOSSES IN PERCENTAGES ALL FIGURES ± 10 DEPENDING ON CIRCUMSTANCES (AS GUIDE ONLY)

BARE STEEL/FIRST COAT 4) COATED STEEL/NEXT COAT

NEW OLD NEW OLD

Type of surface and blast-cleaned derusted including due for

application method A-B-C C St 3 / D shop primer maintenance

ISO-Sa2½ ISO-Sa2½

inside outside inside outside inside outside inside outside

LARGE 1) airless spray 30 40 40 50 25 35 35 45air-spray 40 50 50 60 35 45 45 55

roller 35 35 40 40 30 30 40 40

SMALL 2) airless spray 45 55 55 65 40 50 50 60

air-spray 50 60 65 65 45 55 60 60

roller-brush 25 25 25 30 20 20 30 30

FRAME- airless spray 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85

WORK 3) brush 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30

1) LARGE SURFACES : hull, decks, deckhouses, tanks, holds

2) SMALL SURFACES : masts, water ways, machinery, structural steel and complex structures

3) FRAMEWORK : ladders, piping and railings

4) PRIMERS : consumption of first coat is always higher than for subsequent coats because of the steel profile

Estimation of volume of paint necessary for a paint job can be calculated from:  

10 x A x DFT  = Q 

 VS x (100-W) EXAMPLE

Q = quantity in litre Q = to be calculated

 A = area in m² A = 1000 m²

DFT = dry film thickness DFT = 100 µm

 VS = % volume solids (see data sheet) VS = 50%W = estimated losses (see table) W = 40%

Q =  10 x 1000 x 100  = 333 ltr. 

50 x (100-40)

Page 131: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 131/338

 

page 6/7

1411 EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

NOZZLE ORIFICE AND SPRAY ANGLEIn the product data sheets only the recommended orifice is stated. The choice of the spray angle depends

very much on the practical situation. The table below compares orifice and angle with the corresponding

codes of various manufacturers.

 ATLAS

ORIFICE ANGLE COPCO BINKS DE VILBISS GRACO/WIWA LINCOLN

0,007 ″   40° 740 9-0740 JAC 46 163-407

0,009 ″   40° 940 9-0940 JAC 25 163-409 68628-18

0,009 ″   65° 163-609

0,011 ″   25° 1125 9-1130 JAC 26 163-211 68628-14

0,011 ″   40° 1140 9-1140 JAC 28 163-411

0,011 ″   65° 1165 JAC 37 163-611 68628-10

0,013 ″   25° 1325 9-1330 JAC 27 163-213 68628-16

0,013 ″   50° 1350 9-1350 JAC 30 163-513

0,013 ″   65° 1365 JAC 47 161-613 68628-12

0,013 ″   80° 1380 JAC 38 163-713

0,015 ″   40° 1540 9-1540 JAC 29 163-415

0,015 ″   65° 1565 JAC 39 163-615 68628-7

0,015 ″   80° 1580 JAC 40 163-715

0,018 ″   65° 1865 JAC 31 163-619 68628-6

0,018 ″   80° 1880 9-1880 JAC 41 163-819 68628-5

0,021 ″   80° 2180 9-2180 JAC 42 162-721

0,026 ″   40° 2640 JAC 43 163-425

0,026 ″   95° 2695 JAC 44

0,036 ″   40° 3640 JAC 36 163-435

MIXING RATIO - generalTwo component products are delivered in the correct mixing ratio as stated in the product data sheets.

Make sure that all hardener is added to the base, and the coating is thoroughly mixed.

We do not in general recommend mixing parts of a set, as deviation from the recommended mixing ratio

may occur. This may result in poor application and performance properties of the applied system. The

hardener package should not be washed out by a large amount of spraying thinner. If spraying thinner is

needed it should be added during mixing

Page 132: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 132/338

page 7/7

1411EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS

January 2000

MIXING RATIO - twin-feed productsThe mix ratios in volume for twin-feed applied products should be retrieved from specific data sheets.

It is very important that right ratios are maintained but deviations up to max. 3% are acceptable unless

otherwise stated on specific data sheets.

These products are generally supplied ready for use after mixing of components as extra diluting may result

in deviation of mixing ratio

INDUCTION TIME

If mentioned on the product data sheet the coating should be thoroughly mixed and left for the

recommended time for the particular temperature conditions at application. This induction time or pre-curing

of the product ensures that the coating will give the required performance and application properties.

POT LIFE

This gives the time interval after mixing of the components of the coating during which the material can be

applied, without change of application and performance properties of the coating. For solvent containing

coatings an extra addition of thinner up to 5% is allowed. For solvent free coatings addition of thinner is not

permitted. For solvent free and high solid coatings an exothermic reaction occurs, resulting in gelation

shortly after reaching the end of the pot life. It is important to clean equipment before the pot life has expired

and directly after completion of application of the paint.

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe to

be accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 133: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 133/338

 

Example: How many liters in four quarts?

Notice that the quarts to liter scale has triangles at the top and at the bottom of the scale.

Therefore, the triangle is the pivot point.

page 1/2

1412NOMOGRAPHCONVERSION FROM ENGLISH UNITS TO METRIC UNITS

a two page issue October 1999

revision of 1-1995

The metric nomograph is not intended to be used as a tool for accurately converting one system to the other.

 Although the accuracy is comparable with the slide rule, it should be used as an aid in becoming familiar

with the system. The nomograph is reversible for those wishing to convert metric to English.

The left-hand scale is for the English units and may be ounces, pounds, pints, quarts, inches, feet or miles.

The four right-hand scales are metric, each being a double scale and each identified by a symbol at the top

and bottom of the scale.

In the center section of the nomograph are the four symbols. The exact center of each symbol serves as the

pivot point for the scale bearing the same symbol.

Page 134: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 134/338

page 2/2

1412NOMOGRAPHCONVERSION FROM ENGLISH UNITS TO METRIC UNITS

October 1999

Line up the 4 on the English unit scale with the triangle and read the answer on the right side of the quarts-to-liters scale ± 3.7 liters. A slide rule shows 3.78 and actual multiplication 3.784. That accuracy should be

fine for someone who wants to know that a U.S. gallon is about 3.8 liters. As long as it is remembered that

the English units are always on the left-hand scale, and metric units on the right, the nomograph may be

used for conversion either way.

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 135: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 135/338

 

page 1/3

1430

 

SAFETY INDICATIONS

a three page issue October 1999

revision of 1-1995

Most paints contain flammable solvents and some contain materials which can harm the skin, or damage

the health if swallowed or inhaled. Whilst most countries have developed regulations to control labelling,

storage and use of toxic or hazardous material as yet there is no agreed international code or system.

Sigma Coatings will adopt the local requirements in any country where their products are sold, but since it is

quite impossible and even confusing to apply all the marks which could be required for every country,

a Sigma Coatings system has been developed which is standard for our products throughout the world.

We will then add local regulation markings in addition, if required.

Two major classes of risk must be controlled and precautions defined which will reduce the risk to

acceptable levels:

 A) Health risks, these include: –

1. Gases or vapours. These could include solvent evaporation during the drying period, or perhaps formed

during heating of the painted object.

2. Liquids in the paint. These might be solvents, or perhaps binders, which may be toxic if swallowed or

inhaled as spray droplets, or dermatitic or toxic in contact with the skin.

3. Powders or dusts. These can be formed during heating painted objects (e.g. flame cutting or welding

painted steel), or be present in powder formed during sanding operations, or in spray mist.

B) Fire or explosion risks, these include: –

1. Fire risk during storage or transport. Most paints other than water based products can be ignited and will

support flame.

2. Explosion hazard during application. Flammable solvents in mixture with oxygen in air can explode within

certain concentration limits if ignited or detonated.

The following sentences are used to define the classes of hazard and this data sheet gives details of

precautions which should be taken in each case.

Page 136: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 136/338

 

page 2/3

1430 SAFETY INDICATIONS

October 1999

Relatively harmless paint Normal measures which are always applicable are:– Wash hands regularly and thoroughly with warm water/soap.

– Immediately cover any wound or cut.

– Do not roll cigarettes, smoke, or eat with dirty hands.

– Beware of possible dust or fumes resulting from sand papering or

burning.

– Check carefully that there is no possible fire or explosion risk.

– Check whether extra ventilation is required.

Highly flammable paint. Flash point of paints and solvents is stated in all our product data sheets.

Flash point up to and This is the lowest temperature at which a mixture of the material with air

including 23° C (DIN 53213). can ignite or explode. If the temperature of the air is near, or above, the

flash point it is essential that sufficient ventilation air is provided to reduce

the concentration of solvent well below the lower explosive limit (L.E.L.).

Mixtures of solvent and air can only explode when the concentration lies

between the lower and upper explosive limits.

These limits vary from one solvent to another but the LEL is usually about

50 g per 1 m³ of air.

This is described in detail in sheet 1431.

In brief 200 m³ ventilation air is required per kilo of solvent to maintain an

atmosphere below 10% of LEL.

Such a mixture is safe even at temperatures above the flash point.

Gloves recommended Solvents and other components in some paints can irritate the skin, and

although in normal paints this may only be a minor and temporary irritation,

Paint which irritates or dermatitis of sensitive skins can be caused by solvents or chemicals in

affects skin or mucous some paints. These are indicated by this ‘glove’ sentence. Barrier creams

membranes. together with gloves, goggles and possibly face masks should be used.

In all cases, however, the habit of using solvents to clean the skin after

painting should be discouraged.

Contact of paint with the skin should be avoided by use of barrier creams

and protective gloves. Any paint on the skin should be removed at once with

skin cleaning liquids or jellies and then washed with water.

Mask recommended Dust, smoke and spray mist can be filtered by face masks containing a dust

filter cartridge. Cartridges are also available which absorb both dust and

Inhalation of dust and solvents. These are only effective whilst there is no apparent smell of

spraymist is harmful. solvent. The filter is exhausted when the odour of solvent can be detected

and the filter should then be changed. It is most important that the correct

filter for the class of work should be used. These are described by the

manufacturers of the face mask and filter.

Page 137: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 137/338

page 3/3

1430SAFETY INDICATIONS

October 1999

Fresh Air Mask recommended Toxic substances in paints usually enter the body by inhalation of gases,vapours, fumes, dusts or spray mists. An indication of the level of hazard is

Inhalation of vapour and the Threshold Limits Value (T.L.V.), at one time called Maximum Allowable

dust is harmful. Concentration (M.A.C.). This is the concentration which can be tolerated by

a healthy worker for 8 hours a day without adverse effects. The lower the

figure, the more toxic the substance.

The concentrations are given either as parts per million (ppm), i.e. cm³ of

vapour per m³ of air, or for solid dusts as mg per m³. The minimum volume

for air required to achieve this safe level of concentration will be given in our

data sheets. This volume may in some cases be as much as 20 times that

required to reach 10% of LEL and in some classes of work it may be

impractical to supply the volume of air required to allow the required rate of

usage of paint in the compartment. In such cases it is essential that

operators are supplied with, and required to use, fresh air masks or

respirators fed with clean air at positive pressure. It is important that the

mask has a good facial fit. See also sheet 1431.

Paint contains heavy toxic Keep skin covered as far as possible, wear gloves and protect the eyes.

substances and is dangerous. Avoid contamination of the skin. Provide very good ventilation and wear

fresh air mask. Change all overclothes and shoes immediately after finishing

the work. Keep dirty cloths and other objects separate, destroy or clean

contaminated clothes with care. Wash the hands very thoroughly.Handle empty containers with care and avoid contamination of the

environment with any poisonous paint or waste.

THE SIGMA WARNING SYSTEM will show one, or a combination of more than one, of the described

sentences. The safety code required in each country will be added to drums used in that country.

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-

user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 138: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 138/338

 

page 1/5

1431SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD

a five page issue October 1999

revision of 1-1995

When paints containing solvents are applied in enclosed or confined spaces, two hazards can exist,

explosion and toxicity and precautions must be taken to eliminate them.

General aspects of explosion hazards

The nature of this hazard is explained in detail below. The essential precaution to be taken is that sufficient

ventilation air must be provided to maintain the ratio of vapour/air at no more than 10% of the lower

explosive limit. The method for calculation is given below and data on minimum ventilation air quantity is

given in product data sheets. If the flash point of the solvent is above the working temperature, then an

explosion cannot occur. However, it may still be necessary to ventilate to provide a clean working

atmosphere or to eliminate toxic hazard.

 An explosion is simply very rapid burning of a flammable mixture (in the case of paint, it is the burning of

solvent vapour in oxygen contained in the air). The speed of combustion is so great that there is extremely

rapid development of heat and pressure (6 to 9 times the original pressure). This can lead to destruction of

the compartment and injury to work people. Three factors must be present to create an explosion.

a. The mixture of vapour and air must be between the lower explosive limit (LEL) and the upper explosive

limit.

b. The mixture must be at a temperature above the flash point temperature of the vapour.

c. A source of ignition with high enough temperature and energy must be present to initiate the explosion

reaction.

These three factors explain the reasons for the safety precautions.

Ventilation to provide an atmosphere below LEL 

It is usual to specify that ventilation should be provided to reduce vapour concentration to less than 10% of

LEL. This large safety margin is required to allow for variations in ventilation in all parts of a compartment.

The minimum ventilation air in m³ per minute may be calculated from the formula: (P x A) + (Q x B) 

t

Calculation 

P = volume of paint applied in the compartment in litres during time t minutes.

Q = volume of added solvent used in the paint applied in the compartment in litres in time t minutes. A = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of paint to reach 10% LEL.

B = ventilation air quantity for 1 litre of solvent to reach 10% LEL.

t = time of application in minutes of volume P of paint.

Page 139: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 139/338

 

TOXIC HAZARD

page 2/5

1431 

SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD

October 1999

Example

100 litres of paint (P) plus 5 litres of thinner (Q) are used within 45 minutes (t).

 Value A is e.g. 60 m³ (given in product data sheet).

 Value B is e.g. 130 m³ (given in product data sheet).

 Ventilation air quantity m³ per minute to reach 10% LEL is:

(100 x 60) + (5 x 130)  = 147.7 m³ per minute. 

45

Remarks

This quantity of ventilation air must be maintained throughout the application of the paint and also during the

period of evaporation of solvent.

The ventilation must be arranged so that all parts of the compartment are properly ventilated. It is necessary

for the applicator or the contractor to check vapour concentrations (in varying positions) regularly with an

explosion meter. If the concentration rises above 10% LEL, painting must stop until the vapour concentration

is reduced to a safe level again.

Flash point

If possible paints with flash points above the ambient temperature should be used. This often is not possible,

particularly in compartments heated up by strong sunlight in summer. In such cases it is even more

essential that ventilation below 10% LEL is maintained.

Sources of ignition

Sparks, hot surfaces, flames and all other sources of ignition must be absolutely prevented. Flame proof

lighting and electrical equipment must be used, spark proof tools and clothing should be used and all work

must be prohibited in adjacent compartments. All equipment, whether electrical or not electrical

(e.g. pneumatic pumps, spray tips, etc.) must be adequately earthed to ensure no accumulation of static

electrical charge.

Page 140: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 140/338

 

page 3/5

1431 

SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD

October 1999

General aspects of toxic hazard 

Many solvents used in paint have some degree of toxicity and it is necessary to provide sufficient ventilation

air to maintain safe atmosphere below the threshold limit value (TLV). With many common solvents this may

be impractical when applying large volumes of paint in a short time. In such cases ventilation to give a clear

visibility and safety from explosion will still be necessary. It will also be necessary to provide operators in the

compartment with fresh air masks or hoods. Barrier creams and protective clothing may also be necessary.

Full details are given below and data for calculation of RAQ (required air quantity) are also provided.

It is necessary to keep certain rules when using any paint since all can be harmful (even ordinary emulsion

paints are dangerous if swallowed!). The following are basic safety precautions:

Inhalation of dust and fumes

This must be avoided by the use of ventilation or extraction.

– products should be used in well ventilated areas

– forced ventilation or fresh air masks should be used in confined spaces

– a face mask should be worn when spraying, sanding or blast cleaning

Skin contact

Some substances used in paint may cause irritation after repeated or prolonged contact with the skin and in

susceptible cases there is a risk of dermatitis.

– operatives with a history of skin sensitivity should not be employed in processes where skin contact can

occur

– prolonged or repeated contact of paint with the skin should be avoided

– barrier cream should be supplied and used

– gloves should be worn

– do not wash hands with solvent

– use a proprietary hand cleanser

Ingestion

The ingestion (swallowing) of paint must always be avoided.– food should not be brought into or consumed in the work area where coatings are stored or used

– thorough washing of hands and face is essential after applying paint, particularly before eating or smoking

– if paint or thinners should accidently be swallowed, seek medical attention immediately

Eye protection

Steps should be taken to prevent material entering the eyes.

– goggles should be worn whenever necessary

– if the eyes become contaminated they should be irrigated with water; seek medical attention immediately

Page 141: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 141/338

 

page 4/5

1431 

SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD

October 1999

Theoretical ventilation requirements

In the product data sheets, data are given for the minimum required ventilation air quantity (RAQ) in cubic

metres when 1 litre of paint is applied or when 1 litre of thinner is used. The TLV (=threshold limit value) for

the mixture of components and solvents in the paint or for the mixture of solvents used in thinners has been

calculated.

Calculation

The quantity of ventilation air required in m³ per minute during application and drying can be calculated

from the formula:(P x M) + (Q x N) 

t

P = quantity of paint consumed in litres.

Q = quantity of thinner consumed in litres.

M = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of paint.

N = min. ventilation air quantity needed to reach TLV of 1 litre of thinner.

t = application time in minutes.

Example

100 litres of paint (P) are consumed in 45 minutes (t). 5 Litres of thinner (Q) were added to thin down the

paint to the prescribed application viscosity. Value M is e.g. 780 m³ (see product data sheet). Value N is e.g. 2170 m³ (see product data sheet).

The ventilation air quantity required during application and drying to reach TLV is:

(100 x 780) + (5 x 2170)  = 1974 m³ per minute 

45

Remarks 

In semi-confined areas such as rooms with open doors and windows or the super structure of a ship, natural

ventilation will be about 2 to 5 times the content of the room or space per hour, depending on weather

conditions.The amount of fresh air necessary to reach TLV will be approximately 10 to 20 times the amount of fresh air

necessary to reach 10% of LEL. When it is impractical to ventilate in such a way that TLV is not reached then

fresh air masks must be used.

Page 142: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 142/338

page 5/5

1431SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETYEXPLOSION HAZARD - TOXIC HAZARD

October 1999

Emergency procedure

It may be necessary to enter an atmosphere which is unsafe. (You may have to rescue somebody). Before

entering a confined space or tank ensure that:

– you wear breathing apparatus

– you wear a lifeline

– the lifeline is properly tended

– a watch is kept on you

– a means of communication exists

– a system of signals is agreed

– you and everybody else involved understand the signals

 You must also make sure that:

– a back-up or rescue squad is equipped to render assistance

– resuscitation equipment is on hand

If you have to keep watch or tend a lifeline:

– keep a careful watch on your men below

If you cannot see them:

– call out to them from time to time

– make sure they answer

If they do not answer repeated calls or if they show signs of drunkenness or unusual behaviour:

– RAISE THE ALARM IMMEDIATELY

– DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESCUE THE VICTIM BY YOURSELF

– DO NOT BECOME A VICTIM

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.

Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 143: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 143/338

 

page 1/2

1434

 

DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE

a two page issue October 1999

revision of 1-1995

 Ventilation is required for reasons of health and safety. In addition for solvent containing coatings the quality

of a coating system is greatly affected by the amount and type of residual solvent in the layer when the

coating dries or cures.

 Adhesion, water resistance, mechanical and chemical properties can all be adversely affected when solvents

remain trapped in the paint film. Very slow evaporation of trapped solvents can also develop internal stresses

due to shrinkage.

The ventilation must be maintained throughout the application process at a minimum level of 10% of LEL

value and for a period after application is completed when the paint cures or dries. As a guide line for good

ventilation after application the confined space should be ventilated 4 to 5 times its contents per hour.

Product data sheets indicate when any special ventilation requirements are required.Hot ventilation: Ventilating air with too high temperature can cause surface curing of epoxy coatings and

although it may be necessary to produce a dry substrate before painting, the steel and air temperature

should be such that when the application starts, the temperature of the ventilation (dehumidifier/heater)

should be dropped so that the conditions stay stable. Hot ventilation air should be replaced by cool dry

ventilation air as soon as possible after application of any coat is completed.

Good ventilation consists of at least extraction at the lowest areas, but in most cases when controlled

conditions are needed, also of air input (dry and/or heated). The combination of in and output must be

correctly balanced.

The opening of the extraction hose should be close to the bottom of the tank (approx 30-60 cm).

 Ventilation air should be directed to the bottom of the tank or compartment and should be extracted byexhaust fans of correctly balanced capacity.

For complex structures the ventilation should be distributed over all compartments and confined spaces in

order to facilitate good ventilation in all areas.

BALLAST TANKS AND OTHER CONFINED SPACES.

Due to regulations of the shipbuilding industry ballast tanks and double skin tanks count for many square

meters confined spaces. Therefore it is necessary to pay good attention to the ventilation conditions during

application, drying and curing of the coating on these areas.

Depending on the structure of the ballast tanks, forced ventilation or natural ventilation is used duringcoating of the new building blocks.

However, natural ventilation in many cases is not sufficient due to half open box conditions and can cause

serious drawbacks related to health and safety as well as curing and performance of the coating.

When ventilation is not sufficient solvents will not be removed, but will drift to the lower part of the section.

 As normally first the upperparts of a section will be painted, the solvents evaporating from the applied

coating will drift to the lower part where it will attack the earlier applied coating (not yet fully cured) and this

coating will absorb part of the solvents and swell. This coating will then be overcoated and problems related

to bad adhesion, curing, water resistance etc. will result.

In case of waterborne paints, this advice is not valid. Water vapour rises to the upper areas of the tank and

may give condensation. Therefore it is recommended to position an extra exhaust outlet at the top of thetank.

Page 144: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 144/338

page 2/2

1434DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE

October 1999

 Also in this case ventilation is of utmost importance as drying under insufficient ventilation will prevent paintfilm formation.

Practices recommended

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuous

product development.This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 145: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 145/338

 

page 1/7

1490

 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

a seven page issue October 1999revision of 5-1997

DERUSTING METHODS  The effective life time of a coating applied onto a steel surface is dependentto a very large extent on how thoroughly the surface has been prepared priorto painting.

Surface preparation consists of primary surface preparation which aims toremove mill scale, rust and foreign matter from a steel surface prior to theapplication of a shop primer or primer.Secondary surface preparation aims to remove rust and foreign matter,if any, from a steel surface coated with a shop primer or primer prior toapplication of the anticorrosive paint system.

 A steel surface can be derusted in the following ways.

Wire brushing  Wire brushing, usually done with rotating wire brushes, is a conventionalmethod, not suitable for the removal of mill scale, but suitable for thepreparation of weld seams. The main disadvantage is, that treated surfacesare often not completely free of corrosion products and tend to becomepolished and contaminated with oil. This decreases the adhesion of primingpaints and the performance of a paint system.

Chipping  Chipping or mechanical chipping is usually done in combination with wire-brushing. It is sometimes suitable for local repairs with conventional orspecial formulated paint systems. It is not suitable for general preparation ofsurfaces to be coated with epoxy or chlorinated rubber paints. It can be usedfor the removal of thick rust scale and economises in later blastingoperations.

Needle hammer  To remove rust, paint etc. from corners and angles in order to achieve acleaned surface with a profile.

Flame cleaning  Flame cleaning involves derusting by thermal treatment making use ofburning equipment (acetylene or propane and oxygen). It removes almost all

mill scale, but rust to a lesser extent. Therefore this method cannot meet therequirements of modern paint systems.

Disc sanding  Disc sanding involves use of rotating discs covered with abrasive material.It is used for local repairs or for the removal of small barnacles. The qualityof these discs has been very much improved, and these can give goodstandards of preparation.

Page 146: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 146/338

 

page 2/7

1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

Sweep blasting  A hand operated form of superficial blast cleaning in which a primed orcoated steel surface is roughened and is free of almost all visiblecontamination. (except oil contamination or traces of rust) A: light sweep, purpose: roughening of intact coating

 Abrasive: small (0,2-0,5 mm)B: heavy sweep (approx ISO-Sa1), purpose: removing of not sound coating

areas - layers Abrasive: small to medium (0,2-0,5/0,2-1,5 mm)

Reference: Repainting of old metallic structures, limited blast cleaning scaleTechnical Guide, November 1993

Laboratoire Central des Ponts et Chaussées 58,bd Lefebvre, F 75732 Paris Cedex 15

Blast cleaning  The impingement of a high kinetic energy stream of abrasive onto thesurface to be prepared. It is either hand operated by jet or automatically byimpeller and is the most thorough method of derusting. Centrifugal blastcleaning, compressed air blast cleaning and vacuum blast cleaning are wellknown types.

Shot  The particles are as far as practical spherical and solid and should notcontain more than the minimum practical amount of ‘tails’ and irregularshapes.Primers to be used for shot blasted steel should be checked on performance.

Grit  The particles show good angularity form with sharp cutting edges andshould be substantially free from ‘half-rounds’ (i.e. shot split in half).Unless otherwise stated in the specifications a mineral grit should be used.

Water (abrasive) – ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (UHPWJ) cleaning/jetting  Pressure - more than 1700 bar(Terminology NACE) Use: Complete removal of all coatings and rust.

The result can be compared with dry abrasive blast cleaning, but withflash rust after drying.

– HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETTING (HPWJ)

Pressure - from 700 to 1700 barUse: Most paints and corrosion products will be removed, Magnetite and

hard tightly adherent coating may be left but can be removed withdifficulty.

Page 147: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 147/338

 

page 3/7

1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

– HIGH PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (HPWC)Pressure - from 350 to 700 barUse: Loose paint, rust, debris and material in pits will be removed, but

black iron oxide (Magnetite) will remain. A uniform matte finish cannotbe achieved.

– LOW PRESSURE WATER CLEANING (LPWC)

Pressure - lower than 350 barUse: Removal of salt, dirt and poorly adherent surface contamination.

Mainly washing of surface

– LOW PRESSURE WATER ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING

Pressure = 6-8 kg/cm²Cleaning speed = 10-16 m² /hour depending on material to be removed.Use: abrasive reduction, dust reduction, salt removal, avoidance of spark

hazard. The result is comparable with dry abrasive blast cleaning,but with flash rust after drying.

– STEAM CLEANING

Pressure = 100-120 kg/cm²Use: Removal of water soluble or water emulsified contamination; the

substrate dries quicker compared to a water rinsed substrate.

ISO STANDARDS  When specifying a precise degree of derusting and cleaning of a steelsurface prior to painting, Sigma uses the International standardISO 8501-1-1988 and ISO 8504-1992.

ISO 8501-1  This indicates the following rust grades:

 Applicable to bare A = steel surface largely covered with adherent millmill-scaled or rusty steel scale but little, if any, rust.

B = steel surface which has begun to rust and from which the mill scale

has begun to flake.C = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away or from which it

can be scraped, but with slight pitting visible when viewed normally.D = steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away and on which

general pitting is visible when viewed normally.

Page 148: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 148/338

 

page 4/7

1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

DEGREES OF PRIMARY  The ISO standard indicates seven preparation degrees.SURFACE PREPARATION  The following standards are often used in specifications:

ISO-St Surface preparation by hand and power tool cleaning, such as scraping,Hand and power tool wire-brushing, machine-brushing and grinding, is designated by the letterscleaning ‘St’.

Prior to hand and power tool cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall beremoved by chipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed.

 After hand and power tool cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loosedust and debris.

ISO-St2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visibleThorough hand and oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatingspower tool cleaning and foreign matter.

ISO-St3 As for St2, but the surface shall be treated much more thoroughly to give a Very thorough hand metallicsheen arising from the metallic substrate.and power tool cleaning

ISO-SaBlast cleaning

Surface preparation by blast cleaning is designated by the letters ‘Sa’.

Prior to blast cleaning, any heavy layers of rust shall be removed bychipping. Visible oil, grease and dirt shall also be removed.

 After blast cleaning, the surface shall be cleaned from loose dust and debris.

ISO-Sa1 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visibleLight blast cleaning oil, grease and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatings

and foreign matter.

ISO-Sa2 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visibleThorough blast cleaning oil, grease and dirt and from most of the mill scale, rust, paint coatings and

foreign matter. Any residual contamination shall be firmly adhering.

ISO-Sa2½ When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible Very thorough blast oil, grease and dirt and from mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreigncleaning matter. Any remaining traces of contamination shall show only as slight

stains in the form of spots or stripes.

ISO-Sa3 When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visibleblast cleaning to oil, grease and dirt and shall be free from mill scale, rust, paint coatings andtvisually clean steel foreign matter. It shall have a uniform metallic colour.

Page 149: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 149/338

Page 150: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 150/338

 

page 6/7

1490 CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

Surface condition H = shop primed steel surface in way of hand welding A = shop primed steel in way of automatic weldingF = shop primed steel surface in way of gas-burningD = shop primed steel surface having white zinc saltR = shop primed steel surface having rust in the form of spots

GRADES OF SECONDARY  The Japanese Standard indicates six preparation degrees.SURFACE PREPARATION  The following standards are often used in specifications.

SPSS-Pt2 Surface prepared by wire brushing for the surface condition A, D and R,by wire brushing and disc sander for the surface condition H,by disc sander for the surface condition F. Almost all rust and foreignmaster are fairly removed.

If mentioned for other surface conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel),almost all rust and foreign matter, have to be removed by wire brushingand/or disc sander.

SPSS-Pt3 Surface prepared by wire brushing and (in combination with!)disc sander for the surface condition H and Aand by disc sander for the surface condition F, R and D.Rust and foreign matter are removed to the extent that the surface has auniform metallic sheen.

If mentioned for other surfaces conditions (e.g. primed or coated steel) allrust and foreign matter has to be removed to the extent that the surface hasa uniform metallic sheen. Also used for the preparation of primed or coated substrate to remove rustfrom small areas such as scratches, pinpoints or areas of mechanicaldamage.

SPSS-Ss Surface prepared by light blast cleaning of slug sands or grits.(Shop primer with the little trace of rust is noticeable.)

 Also used for the preparation of a primed or coated substrates or galvanizedsteel to roughen the surface and to remove contamination or traces of rust.

Remarks  In the Japanese Standard the expressions Sd2 and Sd3 are used, which areequivalent to the Swedish expressions Sa2 and Sa3.

Page 151: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 151/338

page 7/7

1490CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST

October 1999

Degree of cleanliness The International and the Japanese Standards give a visual impression of thequality of the derusted steel.

However, chemical contamination like soluble salts etc. are not visible and

remains partly on the surface.

Presence of excessive amounts of water soluble salts can cause blistering of

the coating by osmosis.

Water soluble salts in mineral abrasives.

For tankcoatings the maximum value of water soluble salts in mineral

abrasives is 300 µs/cm (corresponds with 30 ms/m).

See further sheet 1491

Water soluble salts on the steel surface.

For tankcoatings the maximum value of water soluble salts on the steel

surface amounts 60 mg/m² (corresponds with 6 µg/cm²) chloride,

determined by the Bresle method (ISO 8502-6).

REFERENCES

Specification for mineral abrasives see information sheet 1491

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 152: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 152/338

 

page 1/2

1491

 SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES

a two page issue October 1999revision of 1-1995

SCOPE

This specification covers mineral abrasives such as corundum, aluminium silicate slag, or any slag mixtureswhich are suitable for removing rust, scale, old paint or shop primer from steel by blast cleaning and giving asatisfactory anchor pattern.This specification covers only those abrasives commonly known as utility grades.

REQUIREMENTS

Material – The abrasive may be any material meeting the requirements of this specification. It shall be

composed of clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic

substances, organic matter and water soluble salts.The abrasive supplier shall certify that any product to be delivered conforms to all requirements stated

herein.

pH – 100 gram of a representative abrasive sample is crushed using a mortar and pestle. Approximately 50

grams of the crushed sample is added to 200 ml de-ionized water. The pH of this slurry is then determined

through the use of an electronic pH meter with an accuracy of ± 0.01 pH unit.

 A slurry mixture prepared in this way shall not have a pH below 6.20.

Water Soluble Salts – The abrasive is mixed with de-ionized water, conductivity max. 1 µ S/cm, in the

proportion 1:2, e.g. 50 cm³ abrasive to 100 cm³ water. The mixture is shaken for 5 minutes, allowed to

settle for at least 1 hour and then shaken again for 5 minutes. Some of the water is decanted, thetemperature is recorded and the conductivity measured by a conductivity gauge.

If the conductivity gauge does not have any temperature compensation adjustment, the conductivity should

be converted to 20° C or measurement should be carried out at this temperature.

If the conductivity exceeds 300 µS/cm the abrasive is rejected.

If the abrasive is to be used for High Pressure Wet Abrasive Blastcleaning the total amount of water soluble

matter should be below 0,5% by weight.

Moisture Content – Approximately 200 grams of abrasive shall be weighed to the nearest 0.1 g in a tared

weighing dish and dried at 105 to 110° C for 3 hours or more until successive weighings after additional 1

hour heating periods show a weight change of not more than 0.1%. The percentage of moisture is calculatedas follows:

percent moisture =  original weight - final weight  x 100 

original weight of sample

The moisture content for material deliverd in bags or in bulk shall not exceed 0.5% by weight.

Oil and Grease – The abrasive shall not be contaminated with oil and grease. 10 cm³ abrasive is shakenwith 10 cm³ methylene chloride for about 5 minutes. 5 drops of the solvent are applied to a clean glassplate. After complete evaporation of the solvent the glass plate is exposed to ultraviolet light in totaldarkness.

If there is blue fluorescence the abrasive is rejected.

Page 153: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 153/338

page 2/2

1491SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES

October 1999

Hardness – Examine the abrasive material under a low-power microscope (10 x) and, if grains of differentcolour or character are present, select a few grains of each. Separately place the grains thus differentiatedbetween two glass microscope slides. While applying pressure, slowly move one slide over the other with areciprocating motion for 10 seconds. Examine the glass surface and, if scratched, the material shall beconsidered as having a minimum hardness of 6 on Moh’s scale. If any grains that fail to scratch glass arepresent, in any appreciable quantity, the total batch is rejected.

Grain Shape – The individual abrasive grains shall be angular in shape.

Surface Profile – The abrasive material shall produce a prescribed blasting profile Rz value (varyingbetween 40-100 µm)

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 154: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 154/338

 

Page 1/4

1650RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -AIR TEMPERATURE

a four page issue January 1995

reprint of 8-88

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN (VENTILATION) AIR-TEMPERATURE, SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AND

RELATIVE HUMIDITY 

To achieve optimum results in coating work it is essential to ensure that no condensation occurs on the

substrate or in-between coats during the painting process. Air at a given temperature can only contain a

certain (maximum) amount of water vapour. This amount is lower at lower temperatures.

The maximum water content of air at different temperatures is given in the next table:

Degrees Centigrade Maximum water content g/m³

0 4,8

5 6,8

10 9,5

15 12,8

20 17,3

25 23,0

30 30,4

35 39,6

40 51,1

45 65,0

From these figures the relationship between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity can be

calculated. This relationship is given in the next table:

Relation between dew point, air temperature and relative humidity

 Air Dew point in ° C at a relative humidity of: 

Temperature

° C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%

5 –4.1 –2.9 –1.8 –0.9 0.0 0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6

6 –3.2 –2.1 –1.0 –0.1 0.9 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.5

7 –2.4 –1.3 –0.2 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.6 5.5

8 –1.6 –0.4 0.8 1.8 2.8 3.8 4.7 5.6 6.5

9 –0.8 0.4 1.7 2.7 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.6 7.5

10 0.1 1.3 2.6 3.7 4.7 5.7 6.7 7.6 8.4

11 1.0 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.6 6.7 7.6 8.6 9.4

12 1.9 3.2 4.5 5.6 6.6 7.7 8.6 9.6 10.4

13 2.8 4.2 5.4 6.6 7.6 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.4

14 3.7 5.1 6.4 7.5 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.4

15 4.7 6.1 7.3 8.5 9.5 10.6 11.5 12.5 13.4

Page 155: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 155/338

 

Page 2/4

1650 RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE - 

 AIR TEMPERATURE

January 1995

 Air Dew point in ° C at a relative humidity of: 

Temperature

° C 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90%

16 5.6 7.0 8.3 9.5 10.5 11.6 12.5 13.5 14.4

17 6.5 7.9 9.2 10.4 11.5 12.5 13.5 14.5 15.3

18 7.4 8.8 10.2 11.4 12.4 13.5 14.5 15.4 16.3

19 8.3 9.7 11.1 12.3 13.4 14.5 15.5 16.4 17.3

20 9.3 10.7 12.0 13.3 14.4 15.4 16.4 17.4 18.3

21 10.2 11.6 12.9 14.2 15.3 16.4 17.4 18.4 19.3

22 11.1 12.5 13.8 15.2 16.3 17.4 18.4 19.4 20.323 12.0 13.5 14.8 16.1 17.2 18.4 19.4 20.3 21.3

24 12.9 14.4 15.7 17.0 18.2 19.3 20.3 21.3 22.3

25 13.8 15.3 16.7 17.9 19.1 20.3 21.3 22.3 23.2

26 14.8 16.2 17.6 18.8 20.1 21.2 22.3 23.3 24.2

27 15.7 17.2 18.6 19.8 21.1 22.2 23.2 24.3 25.2

28 16.6 18.1 19.5 20.8 22.0 23.2 24.2 25.2 26.2

29 17.5 19.1 20.5 21.7 22.9 24.1 25.2 26.2 27.2

30 18.4 20.0 21.4 22.7 23.9 25.1 26.2 27.2 28.2

Using these figures curves can be drawn which give the relationship between air temperature, relative

humidity and dew point. (See graph).

To allow a sensible safety margin normally the substrate temperature must be at least 3 degrees centigrade

above the dew point. The dew point is the temperature of a given air-water vapour mixture at which

condensation starts, since at that temperature the maximum water content of the air is reached.

Many important conclusions can be drawn from the graph, e.g.:

– at a relative humidity of 85% the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is approximately equal to the

temperature of the (ventilation) air. For this reason outdoor paintwork must normally be carried out at a

relative humidity below 85%.

– at a relative humidity of 90% the difference in temperature between substrate and dew point will be only2° C, which means that the safety margin is narrowed. This can be overcome by raising the substrate

temperature by approx. 1° C.

– at a relative humidity of 70% the relationship between the acceptable substrate temperature and the

temperature of the (ventilation) air is given by the following table:

air temperature ° C 5 10 20 30

dew point ° C 0,0 4,7 14,4 23,9

lowest acceptable substrate temperature ° C 3,0 7,7 17,4 26,9

Page 156: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 156/338

Page 3/4

1650RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -

 AIR TEMPERATURE

sheet two January 1995

 Although the substrate temperatures given in this table are well below the temperature of the surroundingair no condensation will occur under the stated prevailing conditions.

– if the lowest acceptable substrate temperature is for example 5°C and the temperature of the atmosphere

is also 5°C than the ventilation air can be heated and relative humidity will then be reduced according to

the following table:

air temperature °C 5 10 20 30 40

relative humidity % 85 60 32 18 11

In general reduction in temperature leads to risk of condensation.For instance steel cooled down during the night will often show condensation and this will not evaporate until

the steel is heated up again by sunlight or other means.

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 157: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 157/338

 

Page 4/4

1650 

RELATIVE HUMIDITY - SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE -  AIR TEMPERATURE

Page 158: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 158/338

 

page 1/8 

1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel

an eight page issue February 2000

revision of 10-95

INTRODUCTION

Zinc silicates are widely specified as the primer for much of the steel utilised by the petrochemical and

offshore industries. They may be used without topcoats as tank linings, but organic topcoats are normally

specified for atmospheric exposure. In acidic and alkaline environments zinc corrodes rapidly and topcoats

improve durability as well as appearance. Two main types of zinc silicate are now available. Water based

alkyl silicates are mainly used as tank linings, although there is increasing interest in their use on structural

steel. Solvent based ethyl zinc silicates are most commonly used on steel structures.

The following aspects are covered in this note:

1. Porosity

- topcoat bubbling

- removal of contamination

2. Excessive thickness

- mud cracking

- low cohesive strength

3. Formation of zinc salts

- effect of salts on performance

- removal of salts

4. Spot repair of old zinc silicate/organic systems

1. POROSITY OF ZINC SILICATES

Zinc silicates are by nature porous. The porous silicate matrix of a freshly applied zinc silicate does not fill all

the available space between the zinc particles. This leads to a number of practical disadvantages.

 An understanding of these can help to avoid possible problems:

a. organic topcoat bubbling

b. contamination difficult to remove

a. Topcoat bubbling

 Also known as popping or application blistering, this is a problem which causes more irritation than any

other. As already mentioned zinc silicates are porous by nature. After several months of curing outdoors,

the porosity gradually fills to form a close, dense film due to formation of zinc salts by reaction with moistureand carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

Most construction schedules do not allow one or two months before topcoating and the primer must be

topcoated while it is under cover and still porous. This often causes bubbling of the subsequent topcoat.

There is always a risk of popping when overcoating zinc silicates, but the longer they have been weathered

the less the likelihood of problems.

Page 159: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 159/338

 

page 2/8 

1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel

February 2000

The mechanism

Popping is caused by the release of air and gas, in bubble form, from a porous surface through freshly

applied wet paint films. This causes blisters which either break, leaving a pinhole, or remain in the film.

When a solvent containing organic topcoat is spray applied to a porous surface, some of the solvent

penetrates into the pores. At the same time there is a drop in the surface temperature due to decompression

and sudden solvent evaporation. The temperature rapidly increases again, expanding the air and gas in the

pores. Additionally there is a tendency for the solvent trapped in the pores to try to release itself. These

combinded actions cause the formation of bubbles.

Popping

The higher the ambient temperature the greater the problem and if the surface temperature is steadily rising

due to exposure to the sun the problem will be worse. Topcoat bubbling is also more likely with fast

overcoating times or by drying of the zinc silicate in conditions of very low humidity.

The likelihood of topcoat pinholing or blistering over inorganic zinc primers depends on both the choice of

primer and the choice of topcoat. Application of a glossy (high binder content/low PVC) finish directly to a

zinc silicate primer is likely to cause problems.

Intact blisters or pinholes easily visible to the naked eye will usually not be accepted and will normally

require repair. Very small hardly visible pinholes are usually acceptable and in practice, even if the zinc

appears to be exposed at small holes, these are generally impregnated with coating.

 Arguments sometimes arise over whether pinholes are or are not closed. The worry being that if the zinc

silicate is exposed to the atmosphere, corrosion may take place. This can easily be checked using a low

voltage wet sponge tester. Usually when this test is applied to a typical zinc silicate/epoxy/polyurethane

system still showing some pinholes after application of the final coat, no holidays (holes) are indicated.Response is often negative even after the first coat of epoxy, but positive on the conductive zinc primer.

Page 160: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 160/338

 

page 3/8 

1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel

February 2000

Minimising popping from the start

The quality of the application of the zinc silicate plays a crucial role. It should be spray applied as an even

wet film to the correct wet film thickness. In hot conditions some extra thinner may be needed. Excessive

film thickness should be carefully avoided. Dry spray/overspray should also be avoided as far as possible

and must be removed before topcoating. It is a loose powder which can be rubbed off by light abrasion or by

rubbing with aluminium wire mesh. (This may have to be done quite quickly in hot conditions where heavy

overnight condensation is usual).

Conventional spray (air spray) gives the best results because it gives an extra degree of application control,

but to obtain the highest productivity airless application is usually preferred.

Watch out particularly for the inexperienced applicator who applies zinc primers for maximum productivityusing a powerful airless unit at high pressure with a large, worn tip. The effect will be rather like using a

garden hose, with clouds of dry spray settling on the surface, making the subsequent topcoat application a

nightmare. The topcoat usually gets the blame for the bubbling, but the problem has been caused by poor

primer application.

Less problems are usually encountered if the applicator is experienced in the use of inorganic zinc primers.

What if the primer has already been applied?

There are a few well tried techniques which help avoid pinholing when organic topcoats are applied to a

freshly applied zinc silicate. None of these can be guaranteed to be 100% effective if the primer application

has been of poor quality:

I Sealer coat 

The zinc primer is sealed by a sealer coat (also known as a tie coat) specially designed for porous

surfaces eg. Sigmarite sealer (7420). Thin as described in the data sheet and apply 50µ m (2 mils)

dry film thickness. This is generally the most effective solution and it also works for sealing zinc

metal sprayed substrates.

II Specially formulated high build topcoats 

Use a topcoat which is specially formulated to reduce application bubbling. Sigmarite build coat

(7459) is an example which works if the quality of the primer application is reasonable.

Some additional hints 

If the primer is porous and popping occurs, a mist coat/full coat application can be helpful. The primer is first

sealed by a very thin (hardly closed) film of the first topcoat. Shortly afterwards (usually within 15 minutes)

the mist coat is recoated to reach the specified dry film thickness. This technique may have to be repeated

with subsequent coats. It works quite well at low temperatures, but often will not help if the surface

temperature is high.

Try to avoid application of the first topcoat if the surface temperature is expected to rise. If application to

surfaces which have been in direct sunlight can be scheduled to take place as the surface temperature is

reducing, pinholing will be almost completely avoided. (This also works for application of organic coatings to

exposed concrete surfaces). Where application over a warm/hot zinc silicate cannot be avoided then the useof Sigmarite sealer (7420), thinned as described in the data sheet is a good solution.

Page 161: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 161/338

 

page 4/8 

1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel

February 2000

Shop application 

Zinc silicates require contact with moisture to enable full cure and a reduction in porosity. If it is practical to

store steelwork outside for a while between zinc silicate and topcoat application then the risk of bubbling will

be reduced. The surface may be sprayed with clean water. It is often not realised that steel coated with a

solvent based zinc silicate can be moved outside very soon after application, even when it is raining.

None of the above is a perfect solution for all situations. When application bubbling becomes a problem it is

usually because of a complex mixture of technical and commercial reasons. If you need help, write down all

information which is relevant and contact your Sigma representative. Information needed includes the

coating system, thinners being used and amounts per coat, ambient temperature and surface temperature

during day and night, humidity during the day and night, application equipment with tip sizes, time andexposure conditions between zinc silicate and topcoat application, thickness of primer and topcoats,

presence of dry spray etc..

General considerations 

Topcoat bubbling occurs to some extent on all zinc silicate/organic systems. If the topcoat is a glossy yellow

it will be more obvious than if it is a dull grey. Some plant owners are used to it and accept it as a fact of life,

others find it unacceptable. As with most similar situations a compromise is usually necessary. It is

impossible to reach an automobile finish with this type of high build system, which is primarily designed for

corrosion protection in severe conditions. It is however unreasonable to expect the final customer to accept a

surface that looks like the moon.

If you are faced with topcoat bubbling and a well tried and tested system is being used, remember that the

application of the primer is frequently the cause. Try to get this improved. Also in hot conditions try to re-

schedule the application or shade the area concerned.

b. Removal of contamination 

The porous nature of zinc silicates can make certain types of contamination difficult to remove. Oils and

greases can be particularly awkward with high pressure water washing with detergent, followed by clean

water, being the best option for cleaning the cured primer.

Solvent cleaning is sometimes used for small areas. Apart from the health and safety aspects, this often onlyspreads oily contamination over a wider area.

Page 162: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 162/338

 

page 5/8 

1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel

February 2000

2. EXCESSIVE THICKNESS OF ZINC SILICATES 

If zinc silicates are applied at too high a dry film thickness, problems can arise eg. mud cracking or low

cohesive strength. An understanding of what is happening can help avoid trouble:

a. Mud Cracking 

In some situations after the application of a zinc silicate, the film cracks. This is due to shrinkage during

drying and is known as "mud cracking" because it resembles the cracks which form in sun dried mud.

There are a number of possible causes:

I Spraying to a too high dry film thickness.

II Application over areas of too low blast profile. This can happen particularly at welds where there are

areas of very hard material. After blasting, the profile remains low and application of too muchmaterial can cause cracking.

III If relative humidity is high during the application and ventilation is poor this can also be a cause of

cracking due to a too fast curing of the top layer.

IV A product beyond its shelf life will often have a higher mud cracking tendency than when fresh.

The thickness at which cracking takes place depends on the formulation of the zinc silicate. Some are very

critical in this respect and others rather tolerant. The mud cracking limit can be as low as 75 microns (3

mils) up to as high as 200 microns (8 mils) dry film thickness. Sigma Coatings' products perform well in this

respect with the limit generally being in excess of 150 µm (6 mils).

For most products mud cracking only becomes a problem when internal corners of small beams and angles

etc are being coated. While trying to reach the minimum dry film thickness all over, the sprayer tends to

make several overlapping passes in the corners. This often leads to excessive dry film thickness and mud

cracking.

Mud cracking

Page 163: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 163/338

 

page 6/8 

1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel

February 2000

When this is occasionally a problem, brushing out the corners while the primer is still wet will help. If it

becomes a serious problem during airless spray application, check the angle of the tip being used. A narrow

tip may have been chosen for more economical spraying of small components. This requires more passes

and can cause a high build-up of wet coating in corners, making the problem worse. Switching to a wider

angle will usually solve the problem and is more economical in the end, even though more material may

seem to be lost due to overspray.

b. Low Cohesive Strength 

During and just after application, conditions must be dry to let the solvent evaporate. After this the curing

phase starts. The film reacts with moisture to form an insoluble inorganic silicate matrix. After the initialdrying the fastest cure is provided in conditions of high humidity. Overnight condensation and warm weather

are ideal.

 A zinc silicate which is not properly cured will remain weak and will not reach the high hardness levels

expected from inorganic zinc primers. In very dry conditions a zinc silicate may take a long time to reach full

hardness. (Regular spraying of the surface with clean water can be helpful in this situation).

 Also, if applied too thickly, through-hardening takes a long time or may even never take place. If topcoating

is done on not adequately cured zinc silicate, the primer may never attain full hardness.

When epoxy topcoats are applied to a not fully cured zinc silicate problems arise from the low cohesive

strength of the primer. The epoxy shrinks on drying and forms a relatively brittle film. Quite minor impact

damage can result in delamination by splitting in the silicate primer.

The specification of a zinc silicate to be applied in conditions known to be very dry with continuous low

humidity is best avoided eg. in some shop circumstances. Zinc epoxies are a better choice in this situation,

although it should be noted that they generally have a lower heat resistance.

3. FORMATION OF ZINC SALTS 

Occasionally on site there is a problem with zinc salt formation. Zinc primers protect steel from corrosion by

sacrificial protection. The zinc corrodes instead of the steel. During this corrosion process zinc reacts with

oxygen, carbon dioxide and water to form a zinc salt.

O2 /H2O/CO2 

Zn2+ ------> ZnCO3.Zn(OH)2 

The exposed zinc at the surface of a zinc silicate surface can also react directly with the atmosphere causing

zinc salt formation. In both cases the zinc salts are visible as a white/grey surface colouring.

The composition of the zinc salts depends on the circumstances in which they were formed. In unpolluted

atmospheric conditions (oxygen, carbon dioxide and water) they will be a mixture of basic zinc carbonate,

zinc hydroxide and zinc oxide. These zinc salts, known as zinc patina, close-up the surface pores and thus

help to protect of the steel substrate.

When zinc comes into contact with pure (condensed) water and there is little or no air available, large

quantities of zinc hydroxide are formed. This is called "white rust" and often occurs when a water layer is

trapped between two zinc coated plates. It is also often seen in situations when a surface is almostcontinuously in contact with condensed water. This type of zinc salt is partially soluble in water.

Page 164: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 164/338

 

page 7/8 

1706 ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel

February 2000

Under the influence of air pollutants such as sulphur dioxide (industry) or chlorides (coastal) basic zincsulphate or basic zinc chloride are formed. These are only slightly soluble in water and do not form a closed

film and thus have no protective function.

The formation of zinc salts is influenced by various factors, including the time that water remains in

continuous contact with the surface. Puddles which form on steel stacked outside often result in the

formation of white rust. Acid rain or chloride containing rain water cause the formation of zinc salts. In

coastal regions the higher concentrations of salt in the atmosphere lead to higher quantities of zinc salts to

be formed.

The effect of salts on system performance 

Zinc salts can have a negative effect on coating performance. Loose zinc salts (eg white rust) must beremoved from the surface before topcoating or they will affect adhesion. Water soluble components in zinc

salts may reduce adhesion of subsequent coatings. If these remain on a primer surface, then in damp

conditions water is attracted through the organic topcoat (osmosis) and the zinc salts swell, damaging the

intercoat adhesion.

Even if no visible zinc salts are present on a zinc primer surface, adhesion problems can occur if insufficient

thickness of topcoat is applied. Water migrates through thin areas of coating and forms zinc salts under the

topcoat, causing delamination. For this reason, in damp conditions or immersion, an adequate thickness of

organic topcoat should cover the zinc primer.

Removal of zinc salts 

Experience and testing have shown that small quantities of zinc salts on zinc silicate primers have a minimal

influence on later anti-corrosive performance. Obviously any loose zinc salts on the surface should be

removed before overcoating. Particularly for critical applications, such as immersion or service in damp

conditions, it makes sense to make sure that all soluble zinc salts have been removed. Various cleaning

techniques can be used:

a. Washing with clean water. 

Ideally this is done by high pressure water washing, but washing with water and a nylon bristle brush is also

a good way to make sure most soluble material is removed. Heavy deposits of white rust may have to be

removed by mechanical means.

b. Sweep blasting. 

This is frequently not possible due to excessive dust formation. It has the advantage that it roughens the

surface improving the adhesion of the complete coating system. At the same time welds can be fully blasted,

further improving the anti-corrosive performance of the system.

c. Mechanical cleaning. 

This can achieve an acceptable anti-corrosive performance from the coating system. Cleaning the intact

primer surface until visually clean is adequate. Complete removal of all traces of zinc salts is practically

impossible and also not necessary.

The most effective mechanical cleaning technique is by synthetic disk (Scotch Brite). These disks enable acontrolled cleaning of the surface with very limited removal of the primer.

Page 165: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 165/338

page 8/8

1706ZINC SILICATESQUALITY ASPECTS APPLICATION Mainenance steel

February 2000

Specifications

Sometimes specifications require that all zinc salts must be removed before topcoating. In practice the

removal of all traces is difficult and reference to the Shipbuilding Research Association of Japan Standard

(SPSS) for surface cleaning may be helpful. It shows photographs of zinc salt formation on zinc epoxy and

zinc silicate shop primers. It can be seen that even after sweep blasting slight traces of zinc salts remain on

the surface.

4. SPOT REPAIR OF OLD ZINC SILICATE/ORGANIC SYSTEMS

When zinc silicate primed systems, which are in reasonable condition, are to be repaired by spot blasting of

rusty areas and touch-up of the primer, followed by an organic topcoat, it is best to avoid the use of a zinc

silicate for repair. This is because when sprayed on the blasted areas there will always be an overlap ontothe surrounding organic coating. This inevitably results in areas of poor adhesion. The solution is to patch

prime using a zinc epoxy.

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 166: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 166/338

 

page 1/4

1882

 

CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER

a four page issue January 2000

revision of 7-1999

PRODUCT NAME a– INSTITUTE CONCLUSION

b– DATE OF REPORT/REF.

c– VALIDITY

d– PRODUCT SHEET/REF.

Sigma Novaguard a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigma Novaguard)

of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks

b– 18-03-1999, that come in contact with drinking water.

99/728-MINT/ARMI/523.2

c– --

d– 7453

Sigma Novaguard a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigma Novaguard

on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy

b– 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that

99/728-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.

c– --

d– 7453, 7417

Sigma Phenguard a– Tritec environmental services We are of the opinion that Sigma

LTD Phenguard paint preparation, would be

b– 08-10-1993, 078SIG93.TWF suitable for marine water tank lining with

c– -- respect to odour/taste pick up, upon

d– 7409, 7435, 7436 super chlorination, to the specification

outlined in the above test method.

Sigma Phenguard –, a– Water Byelaws Advisory Service The results of the tests of effect on water

primer, coating, finish b– 28-01-1997, quality that have been carried out on the

M101061 product so described, and it has been

c– November 2001 decided that there is no objection to its

d– 7409, 7435, 7436 use provided the source, nature and

manufacturing processes of the

ingredients and products are not

changed.

Sigmaguard CSF a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa has evaluated Sigmaguard

of Public Health CSF toxicologically and approved coating

b– 17-03-1995, for use in potable water tanks on ship

95/00672-2-AMI/621.2 and offshore installations.

(24-11-1995, 95/00672-3-

 AMI/621.2 transl.date and nr) 

c– --

d– 7443

Page 167: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 167/338

 

page 2/4

1882 CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER 

January 2000

PRODUCT NAME a– INSTITUTE CONCLUSION

b– DATE OF REPORT/REF.

c– VALIDITY

d– PRODUCT SHEET/REF.

Sigmaguard CSF a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF

on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy

b– 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that

99/-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.

c– --

d– 7443, 7417

Sigmaguard CSF a– Universiteit Gent The material analyzed satisfies the

b– 07-04-1993 Belgian Norm NBN S29-001 and the

c– -- R.D.’s mentioned in the report.

d– 7443

Sigmaguard CSF 75 a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 75)

of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks

b– 27-10-1998, that come in contact with drinking water.

98/2240-MINT/ARMI/523.2

c– --

d– 7475

Sigmaguard CSF 75 a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 75

on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal Primer ) epoxy

b– 14-07-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that

99/729-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.

c– --

d– 7475, 7417

Sigmaguard CSF 75 a– Stanford Consultin Laboratories Sigmaguard CSF 75 was tested for

b– 22-01-1999 compliance to BS6920-1996 Edition.

WP 98/6569 The product complies fully to thec– -- Sections of the standards 2.2 to 2.6 of

d– 7475 the standard at an exposure surface area

of ≈ 41,700 mm² /L of test water.

Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 85)

of Public Health epoxy coating for use in pipes and tanks

b– 25-10-1999, that come in contact with drinking water.

99/730-MINT/ARMI/523.2

c– --

d– 7785, 7417

Page 168: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 168/338

 

page 3/4

1882 CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER 

January 2000

PRODUCT NAME a– INSTITUTE CONCLUSION

b– DATE OF REPORT/REF.

c– VALIDITY

d– PRODUCT SHEET/REF.

Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– Folkehelsa National Institute Folkehelsa approve (Sigmaguard CSF 85

on Sigma Universal primer of Public Health with Sigma Universal primer) epoxy

b– 25-10-1999, coating for use in pipes and tanks that

99/730-MINT/ARMI/523.2 come in contact with drinking water.

c– --

d– 7785, 7417

Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– Hygiene-Institut des The epoxy coating fulfils the

Ruhrgebiets, Gelsenkirchen requirements of DVGW-Arbeitsblatt

b– 07-07-1999, W 1239/99/Ju W270 for the use with drinking water.

c– 07-07-2004

d– 7785

Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– NSF Sigmaguard CSF 85 conforms to the

b– 10-11-1999 requirements of NSF standard 61 -

c– -- Drinking Water System Components -

d– 7785 Health Effects.

Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– The Netherlands Waterworks’ Sigmaguard CSF 85 is suitable for

Testing and Research institute application as coating system in potable

KIWA N.V. water installations with a maximum

b– 01-09-1998, K12827/01 operating temperature of 35° C.

c– --

d– 7785

Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– SETSCO Services Pte Ltd Sigmaguard CSF 85 is deemed suitable

b– 14-10-1999, H19631/ST for contact with water intended for

c– -- human consumption, in accordance with

d– 7785 SS 375:1994.

Sigmaguard CSF 85 a– The Water Quality Centre The samples of this product meet the

b– 19-06-1997, M 101323 test criteria of BS 6920 : Part 1

c– June 2002 (“Specification”) and thus comply with

d– 7785 the requirements of the Water Byelaws

Scheme Tests of Effect of Water Quality.

Page 169: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 169/338

page 4/4

1882CERTIFICATES FOR DRINKING WATER

January 2000

PRODUCT NAME a– INSTITUTE CONCLUSION

b– DATE OF REPORT/REF.

c– VALIDITY

d– PRODUCT SHEET/REF.

Sigmalining SF 23 a– The Netherlands Waterworks’ Sigmalining SF 23 is suitable for

Testing and Research institute application as coating system in potable

KIWA N.V. water installations with a maximum

b– 01-09-1998, K12827/01 operating temperature of 35°C.

c– --

d– 7623

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 170: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 170/338

 

page 1/2

7005

 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS, ALPHABETICAL

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 12-1995

Sheet nrs  PRODUCT NAMES

7802 Sigma EP Steeline

7453 Sigma Novaguard 

7744 Sigma Novashield 

7435 Sigma Phenguard coating

7436 Sigma Phenguard finish

7409 Sigma Phenguard primer

7370 Sigma Proferral PR

7551 Sigma Silguard MC

7472 Sigma TCN 3007558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58

7560 Sigma Tornusil MC 60

7499 Sigma wet blast inhibitor

7414 Sigmacover aluprimer 

7414WG Sigmacover aluprimer wintergrade

7490 Sigmacover Armour Compound

7456 Sigmacover CM coating

7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat

7412 Sigmacover CM primer

7726 Sigmacover DTM coating

7702 Sigmacover HS zinc primer

7413 Sigmacover primer 

7428 Sigmacover ST 

7428WG Sigmacover ST wintergrade

7447 Sigmacover TCP Glassflake

7402 Sigmacover zinc primer

7528 Sigmadur gloss 

7524 Sigmadur HB finish

7530 Sigmadur HS semigloss

7443 Sigmaguard CSF 

7475 Sigmaguard CSF 757785 Sigmaguard CSF 85

7433 Sigmaguard EHB 

7448 Sigmaguard HS 

7264 Sigmaferro aluminium 

7255 Sigmaferro build coat

7239 Sigmaferro gloss 

7131 Sigmaferro primer ZP

7237 Sigmaferro selfcleaning white

7256 Sigmaferro semigloss 

Page 171: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 171/338

page 2/2

7005PRODUCT DATA SHEETS, ALPHABETICAL

May 2000

Sheet nrs PRODUCT NAMES

7149 Sigmetal Construction

7251 Sigmetal finish

7145 Sigmetal mioprimer

7420 Sigmarite sealer

7155 Sigmasteel QD

7234 Sigmasteel QD finish

7565 Sigmatherm silacryl

7555 Sigmatherm silicate

7563 Sigmatherm siloxane

 

Page 172: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 172/338

 

page 1/3

7006PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERICType, Use, Properties

a three page issue May 2000

revision of 12-95

ALKYD PAINTS

Primers

7131 Sigmaferro primer ZP contains zinc phosphate

7155 Sigmasteel QD contains zinc phosphate

Undercoats and finishes

7264 Sigmaferro aluminium heat resistant, general purpose

7255 Sigmaferro buildcoat fast drying

7239 Sigmaferro gloss non-yellowing, fume resistant

7155 Sigmasteel QD contains zinc phosphate7234 Sigmasteel QD finish semigloss finish

7237 Sigmaferro selfcleaning white selfcleaning finish

7256 Sigmaferro semigloss semigloss finish

WATER BORNE PAINTS

7149 Sigmetal Construction based on acrylic dispersion

7145 Sigmetal mioprimer based on acrylic dispersion

7251 Sigmetal finish based on acrylic dispersion

HEAT RESISTING PAINTS

7558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58 up to 500° C (ethyl silicate)

7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat up to 200° C (mio epoxy)

7264 Sigmaferro aluminium up to 175° C (alkyd resin)

7565 Sigmatherm silacryl up to 350° C (silicone resin)

7555 Sigmatherm silicate up to 500° C (ethyl silicate)

7563 Sigmatherm siloxane up to 450° C (silicone resin)

EPOXY PAINTS

Solvent free epoxies

7453 Sigma Novaguard single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistanttank coating

7744 Sigma Novashield single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant

tank coating, with improved abrasion resistance

7490 Sigmacover Armour Compound single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant

tank coating

7443 Sigmaguard CSF single feed airless sprayable, chemical resistant

tank coating

7475 Sigmaguard CSF 75 single feed airless sprayable, potable water tank

coating

7785 Sigmaguard CSF 85 single feed airless sprayable, potable water tankcoating

Page 173: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 173/338

 

page 2/3

7006PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERICType, Use, Properties

May 2000

High solids epoxies7414 Sigmacover aluprimer tolerant to low grade surface preparation

7414WG Sigmacover aluprimer tolerant to low grade surface wintergrade

preparation

7726 Sigmacover DTM coating tar free epoxy

7428 Sigmacover ST surface tolerant coating

7428WG Sigmacover ST wintergrade surface tolerant coating

7447 Sigmacover TCP Glassflake abrasion/impact resistant

7448 Sigmaguard HS acid/abrasion resistant

Solvent borne primers

7802 Sigma EP Steeline epoxy primer/coating for inshop application

7370 Sigma Proferral PR one component zinc rich epoxy

7412 Sigmacover CM primer zinc phosphate, recoatable epoxy

7702 Sigmacover HS zinc primer zinc epoxy for various paint systems

7413 Sigmacover primer excellent adhesion to various substrates

including damp steel surfaces

7402 Sigmacover zinc primer zinc epoxy for various paint systems

Solvent borne coatings

7802 Sigma EP Steeline epoxy primer/coating for inshop application

7456 Sigmacover CM coating long term recoatability7427 Sigmacover CM miocoat long term recoatability

7420 Sigmarite sealer mio sealer/primer

Solvent borne tankcoatings

7409 Sigma Phenguard primer phenolic epoxy

7435 Sigma Phenguard coating phenolic epoxy

7436 Sigma Phenguard finish phenolic epoxy

7433 Sigmaguard EHB polyamine cured epoxy

7448 Sigmaguard HS polyamine cured

Epoxy tar coatings

7472 Sigma TCN 300 polyamine cured epoxy tar

POLYURETHANE PAINTS

Finishes

7528 Sigmadur gloss long term recoatability, colour/gloss retention

7524 Sigmadur HB finish long term recoatability, colour/gloss retention

7530 Sigmadur HS semigloss long term recoatability, high solids, semigloss

finish

Page 174: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 174/338

page 3/3

7006PRODUCT DATA SHEETS GENERICType, Use, Properties

sheet two May 2000

SILICATE PAINTS

7551 Sigma Silguard MC zinc ethyl silicate tankcoating

7558 Sigma Tornusil MC 58 zinc ethyl silicate primer

7560 Sigma Tornusil MC 60 zinc ethyl silicate primer

7555 Sigmatherm silicate ethyl silicate topcoat

SILICONE PAINTS

7565 Sigmatherm silacryl silicone/acrylic resin finish

7563 Sigmatherm siloxane silicone resin primer/finish

SUNDRIES

7499 Sigma wet blast inhibitor rust inhibition

 

Page 175: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 175/338

 

page 1/2

7131

 SIGMAFERRO PRIMER ZP 

a two page issue February 2000

revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION  modified zinc phosphate alkyd primer

PRINCIPAL  – excellent anticorrosive properties for atmospheric and high temperature

CHARACTERISTICS  exposure conditions

– good adhesion to pretreated steel and pretreated aluminium

– fast drying

– lead and chromate free

COLOURS AND GLOSS  offwhite and limited colour range available - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 49 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,0 lb/gal - 368 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 35 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 14 m² /l for 35 µ m

Touch dry after 3 hours at 5-10° C, 1,5 hours at 20° C

Overcoating interval min. 36 hours at 5-10° C, 18 hours at 20° C

max. an interval of several months can be allowed, thorough cleaning is

essential before overcoating

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point 40° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – steel; power tool cleaned to min. ISO-St2

AND TEMPERATURES  – shop primed steel; sweep blasted or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Ss or

SPSS-Pt2

– aluminium; etched and passivated etch primed or sufficiently roughened

– previous coat; dry and free from any contamination

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point– substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra

thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 mm (= 0,017 in)Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

Page 176: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 176/338

135362 offwhite 9001262200

page 2/2

7131SIGMAFERRO PRIMER ZP

February 2000

AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 3%

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,35 MPa (=approx. 3,5 bar; 50 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 177: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 177/338

 

page 1/3

7145SIGMETAL MIOPRIMER 

a three page issue December 1999

revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION  water borne micaceous iron oxide pigmented acrylic primer

PRINCIPAL  – particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted because of health

CHARACTERISTICS  and safety reasons

– developed to give excellent adhesion to galvanized steel

– excellent adhesion to various types of old or weathered paints

– fast drying

– non-flammable

– can be overcoated with dispersion paints, alkyd paints, water borne

epoxy coatings and chlorinated rubber paints

– contains non-toxic anticorrosive pigments

COLOURS AND GLOSS  redbrown – flat

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 40 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0,4 lb/gal - 50 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 50 µ m per coat

Theoretical spreading rate 8 m² /l for 50 µ m

Touch dry after 15-30 minutes

Overcoating interval min. 4 hours

max. unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point above 65° C

RECOMMENDED  – sweep blasted or otherwise roughened galvanized steel,

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS dry and free from salts and other contamination

AND TEMPERATURES – previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination

– substrate temperature should be at least 5° C during application andcuring and at least 3° C above dew point

– preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % otherwise film

formation may be adversely affected

– must be protected from freezing at all times during storage

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  –  stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra

thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much water results in lower sag resistance

Page 178: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 178/338

 

page 2/3

7145SIGMETAL MIOPRIMER

December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner tap water

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48-0,58 mm (= 0,019 - 0,023 in)

Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER  long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges

Recommended thinner tap water

 Volume of thinner 0-5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  tap water and Sigmalith cleaner

AND CLEANING – pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the

PROCEDURE equipment and cleaned properly

following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment

when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints

(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paints (table 2)

Table 1 from solvent borne- to water borne paints

paint type: alkyd chlor. epoxy pur

rubber

1st cleaning withSigma thinner 20-05 21-22 90-53 91-84

2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner

3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed

Table 2 from water borne- to solvent borne paints

1st cleaning with warm tap water

2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner

3rd cleaning with

Sigma thinner none none 90-53 91-84

paint type: alkyd chlor. epoxy pur

rubber

Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used

Page 179: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 179/338

Page 180: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 180/338

 

page 1/3

7149

 

SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION

a three page issue December 1999

revision of 4-1999

DESCRIPTION  fast drying one component water based high build zinc phosphate

primer/coating based on acrylic dispersion

PRINCIPAL  – particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted

CHARACTERISTICS  because of health and safety reasons

– non-flammable

– excellent adhesion to well pretreated steel

– good anticorrosive properties

– fast dry to handle

– can be overcoated with dispersion paints, alkyd paints and water borne

epoxy coatings as well as certain solvent based two component products

COLOURS AND GLOSS  Ral colours (other colours available on request) – flat

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 43 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0,9 lb/gal - 26 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 75 µ m per coat

Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m² /l for 75 µ m

Touch dry after 30 minutes

Overcoating interval min. 4 hours

max. unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point above 65° C

RECOMMENDED – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or primed with Sigmetal construction

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – steel; pretreated according to ISO-St3

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature should be at least 5° C during application and

curing and at least 3° C above dew point– preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % or the drying and

performance of the coating will be adversely affected

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra

tapwater may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much water results in lower sag resistance

– must be protected from freezing at all times during storage

Page 181: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 181/338

 

page 2/3

7149 

SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION

December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner tap water

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46-0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER *  long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges

Recommended thinner tap water

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

* for localised areas of difficult access only

CLEANING SOLVENT  tap water and Sigmalith cleaner

AND CLEANING pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and 

PROCEDURE  cleaned properly

following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment

when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints

(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paint (table 2)

Table 1 from solvent borne to water borne paints

paint type: alkyd epoxy pur

1st cleaning withSigma thinner 20-05 90-53 91-84

2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner

3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed

Table 2 from water borne to solvent borne paints

1st cleaning with warm tap water

2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner

3rd cleaning with

Sigma thinner none 90-53 91-84

paint type: alkyd epoxy pur

Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Page 182: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 182/338

177804 redbrown 2008002200186582 ral 7030 7030262200

page 3/3

7149SIGMETAL CONSTRUCTION

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Overcoating table alkyd substrate

and acrylic finishes temperature 10°C 20°C 30°C

minimum 6 4 3

interval hours hours hours

maximum unlimited, provided that any

interval contamination is removed

when overcoating with certain two component products extend

minimum overcoating interval by 50%

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 183: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 183/338

 

* see additional data page 1/3 

7155 SIGMASTEEL QD

a three page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1998

DESCRIPTION  fast drying high build zinc phosphate primer/coating, based on modified

alkyd resin

PRINCIPAL  – anti corrosive properties

CHARACTERISTICS  – suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions

– fast drying

– fast handling

– recoatable with one and two component coatings

COLOURS AND GLOSS  redbrown, grey (other colours on request) - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 55 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,2 lb/gal - 385 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 50 - 75 µ m per coat

Theoretical spreading rate 11,0 m² /l for 50 µ m, 7,3 m² /l for 75 µ m

Touch dry after 30 min.

Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 75 µ m dft *

at higher dft’s drying time will be longer

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point 28° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – steel, without a mill scale; according to ISO-St3

AND TEMPERATURES  – weld seams and burned areas; according to SPSS-Pt3

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extrathinner may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25° C) or

 Volume of thinner approx 0-5 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (=0,015 - 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 12 - 16 MPa (= approx. 120 - 160 bar)

Page 184: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 184/338

 

page 2/3 

7155 SIGMASTEEL QD

December 1999

BRUSH/ROLLER for touch-up of damaged areasRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 2 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes 

ADDITIONAL DATA 

Overcoating table for one

component products

(e.g. Sigmasteel QD

products)

substrate

temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C

minimum 8 6 4

interval hours hours hours

maximum unlimited provided substrate is free from any

interval contamination

Overcoating table for two

component products

– Sigmacover CM coating

– Sigmacover CM miocoat

– Sigmadur HB finish

substrate

temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C 

minimum 12 10 8

interval hours hours hours 

maximum unlimited provided substrate is free from any

interval contamination

the figures in the tables are based on Sigmasteel QD applied in a dft of

75 µ m

Worldwide availability  Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

Page 185: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 185/338

182671 base L 20 ltr

183132 baze Z 20 ltr

page 3/3

7155SIGMASTEEL QD

December 1999

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 186: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 186/338

 

page 1/2 

7234 SIGMASTEEL QD FINISH

a two page issue December 1999

DESCRIPTION  fast drying high build finish coating, based on modified alkyd resin

PRINCIPAL  – suitable for atmospheric exposure conditions

CHARACTERISTICS  – fast drying

– fast handling

– good colour retention

– not suitable for immersion in water

COLOURS AND GLOSS  RAL colours (other colours on request) - semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Dark colours White - Light colours

Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm³ approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 53 % by volume approx. 45 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,4 lb/gal - 405 g/l max. 4,0 lb/gal - 475 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 50 µ m per coat 50 µ m per coat

Theoretical spreading rate 10,6 m² /l for 50 µ m 9.0 m² /l for 50 µ m

Touch dry after 45 min. 45 min.

Overcoating interval min. 4 hours for 50 µ m dft min. 4 hours for 50 µ m dft

max. unlimited max.unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point 28° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; previous suitable coat; (Sigmasteel QD) dry and free from any

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  contamination

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra

thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25° C)

 Volume of thinner approx 0-5 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (=0,015 - 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 12 - 16 MPa (= approx. 120 - 160 bar)

Page 187: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 187/338

page 2/2

7234SIGMASTEEL QD FINISH

December 1999

BRUSH/ROLLER for touch-up of damaged areasRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 2 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Limitation of Liability - The information in this data sheet is based upon laboratory tests we believe tobe accurate and is intended for guidance only. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of theproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or otherwise, are based on data which to the best of our knowledge are reliable. The products andinformation are designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills and it is the end-user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its intended use.Sigma Coatings has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factorsaffecting the use and application of the product. Sigma Coatings does therefore not accept any liabilityarising from loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this data sheet (unless thereare written agreements stating otherwise).

The data contained herein are liable to modification as a result of practical experience and continuousproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annuls all previous issues and it is therefore the user’s responsibility to ensurethat this sheet is current prior to using the product.

Page 188: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 188/338

 

page 1/2

7237SIGMAFERRO SELFCLEANING WHITE

a two page issue May 2000

revision of 10-95

DESCRIPTION  white self-cleaning non-yellowing alkyd topcoat

PRINCIPAL  – self cleaning due to slow chalking

CHARACTERISTICS  – particularly used as an exterior topcoat for tank shells and fixed

roofs of tanks and storage spheres

– anti-funguous properties

– high opacity

COLOURS AND GLOSS  white – semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lbs/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 49% by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,2 Lbs/gal - 385 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 35 - 60 µ m per coat depending on application method

Theoretical spreading rate 14 m² /l for 35 µ m, 8 m² /l for 60 µ m

Touch dry after 1 hour at 20° C, 2 hours at 10° C

Overcoating interval min. 16 hours

max. unlimited, thorough cleaning is essential before overcoating

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point 39° C

RECOMMENDED  – previous suitable coat (e.g. Sigmaferro buildcoat, Sigmaferro primer ZP)

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently roughened

AND TEMPERATURES  if necessary

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

– substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extrathinner may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 - 0,38 mm (= 0,013 - 0,015 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

Page 189: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 189/338

106499 white 7000002200

page 2/2

7237SIGMAFERRO SELFCLEANING WHITE

May 2000

AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 21-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

ROLLER/BRUSH

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS relatively harmless paint, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant

material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

 

Page 190: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 190/338

 

page 1/2 

7239SIGMAFERRO GLOSS

a two page issue December 1999

revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION  high gloss alkyd finishing coat

PRINCIPAL  – suitable for interior and exterior use

CHARACTERISTICS  – easy application by brush with excellent flow

– good weather resistance

– high opacity

– good colour retention

– gas proof: no discolouration with sulphur dioxide

– not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water

– can be applied over intact alkyd paints

– certificate for low-flame spread: see sheet 1883

COLOURS AND GLOSS  white (other colours according to Sigma Protective Coating shade card)

– gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

dark colours  white - light colours 

Mass density approx. 1,0-1,2 g/cm³ approx. 1,2 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 51-59 % by volume approx. 59 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l (for white)

Recommended dry film

thickness 35 µ m per coat 35 µ m per coat

Theoretical spreading rate 14,6-16,9 m² /l for 35 µ m 16,9 m² /l for 35 µ m

Touch dry after 2 hours 2 hours

Overcoating interval min. 16 hours min. 16 hours

max. unlimited max. unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 months

Flash point 41° C 41° C

RECOMMENDED  – previous suitable coat; (e.g. Sigmaferro buildcoat, Sigmaferro primer ZP)

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  dry and free from any contamination and sufficiently roughenedAND TEMPERATURES  if necessary

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C, otherwise

extra thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

Page 191: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 191/338

107283 white 7000002200

page 2/2

7239SIGMAFERRO GLOSS

December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 8 - 12 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (= 0,013 in)

Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1700 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 12 - 16 %

Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431  

Page 192: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 192/338

 

page 1/3

7251

 

SIGMETAL FINISH

a three page issue December 1999

DESCRIPTION  water borne acrylic construction finish

PRINCIPAL  – particularly suitable when solvents are not permitted

CHARACTERISTICS  because of health and safety reasons

– non-flammable

– good weather resistance

– good colour retention

– fast dry to handle

– not suitable for immersion in water

COLOURS AND GLOSS  RAL colours (other colours on request) - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx 1,1 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 42 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0,9 lb/gal - 26 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 50 µ m per coat

Theoretical spreading rate 8,2 m² /l for 50 µ m

Touch dry after 30 minutes

Overcoating interval min. 4 hours

max. unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point above 65° C

RECOMMENDED – primed steel with Sigmetal construction

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – substrate temperature should be at least 5° C during application and

AND TEMPERATURES  curing and at least 3° C above dew point

– preferably relative humidity should not exceed 75 % or the drying

and performance of the coating will be adversely affected

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra

tapwater may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much water results in lower sag resistance

– must be protected from freezing at all times during storage

Page 193: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 193/338

 

page 2/3

7251 

SIGMETAL FINISH

December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner tap water

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46-0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER * long haired brush or polyether roller with rounded edges

Recommended thinner  tap water

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

* for localised areas of difficult access only

CLEANING SOLVENT  tap water and Sigmalith cleaner

CLEANING PROCEDURE pulsator filter and tip filter must be taken out of the equipment and

cleaned properly

following table illustrates the cleaning procedure of the spray equipment

when changing spraying from solvent borne paint to water borne paints

(table 1) and from water borne paints to solvent borne paint (table 2)

Table 1 from solvent borne to water borne paints

paint type: alkyd epoxy pur

1st cleaning with

Sigma thinner 20-05 90-53 91-84

2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner

3rd cleaning with tapwater after which waterborne paints can be sprayed

Table 2 from water borne to solvent borne paints

1st cleaning with warm tap water

2nd cleaning with Sigmalith cleaner

3rd cleaning with

Sigma thinner none 90-53 91-84

paint type: alkyd epoxy pur

Sigmalith cleaner can be re-used

Page 194: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 194/338

199321 base L 20 ltr

199322 base Z 20 ltr

page 3/3

7251SIGMETAL FINISH

December 1999

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

although this is a water borne paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Overcoating table for substrate

acrylic finishes temperature 10°C 20°C 30°C

minimum 6 4 3interval hours hours hours

maximum unlimited, provided that any

interval contamination is removed

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

 

Page 195: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 195/338

Page 196: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 196/338

107594 white 7000002200

page 2/2

7255SIGMAFERRO BUILDCOAT

December 1999

AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 8 - 16 %

Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 8 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 197: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 197/338

 

page 1/2

7256SIGMAFERRO SEMIGLOSS

a two page issue December 1999

revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION  semi gloss alkyd finishing coat

PRINCIPAL  – for interior and exterior use

CHARACTERISTICS  – easy application by brush with excellent flow

– good weather resistance

– high opacity

– good colour retention

– good scratch resistance

– not suitable for immersion in water or continuous splash of water

– resistant against domestic cleaning agents

– can be applied over intact conventional paints

COLOURS AND GLOSS  according to the Sigma Protective Coating shade card - semi gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

for white

Mass density approx. 1,25 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 56 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 35 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 16 m² /l for 35 µ m

Touch dry after 6 hours

Overcoating interval min. 18 hours

max. unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point 39° C

RECOMMENDED - – previous suitable coat; (Sigmaferro build coat) finely sanded, dry and free

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  from any contamination

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point– substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C, otherwise extra

solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)

 Volume of thinner 8 - 12 %Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (= 0,013 in)

Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1700 p.s.i.)

Page 198: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 198/338

103393 white 7000002200

page 2/2

7256SIGMAFERRO SEMIGLOSS

December 1999

AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 9 - 18 %

Nozzle orifice 1,5 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,3 MPa (= approx. 2 - 3 bar; 29 - 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 1 %

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

 

Page 199: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 199/338

 

page 1/2

7264

 

SIGMAFERRO ALUMINIUM

a two page issue December 1999

revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION  modified alkyd aluminium finish

PRINCIPAL  – high quality aluminium paint with a wide range of applications for

CHARACTERISTICS  atmospheric and high temperature exposure conditions

– high brilliancy

– spray application improves the appearance

COLOURS AND GLOSS  aluminium - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,0 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 47,0 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,4 lb/gal - 405 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 25 µ m per coat

Theoretical spreading rate 18,8 m² /l for 25 µ m

Touch dry after 3 hours at 5 - 10° C, 1 hour at 20° C

Overcoating interval min. 36 hours at 5 - 10° C, 16 hours at 20° C

max. unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months, prolonged storage may affect the brilliancy

Flash point 38° C

RECOMMENDED  – previous coat; dry and free from any contamination

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature may not exceed 50° C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir well before use

– the temperature of the paint should be above 15° C otherwise extra

thinner may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 - 0,38 mm (= 0,013 - 0,015 in)

Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 3 %

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

Page 200: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 200/338

106635 aluminium 0000002200

page 2/2

7264SIGMAFERRO ALUMINIUM

December 1999

BRUSH/ROLLERRecommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 20-05 (flash point 38°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

 

Page 201: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 201/338

Page 202: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 202/338

Page 203: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 203/338

136782 grey 0000001800

page 3/3

7370SIGMA PROFERRAL PR

December 1999

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 204: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 204/338

 

* see additonal data  page 1/4 

7402

 SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 10-1995

DESCRIPTION  two component polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL  – designed as a system primer for various paint systems

CHARACTERISTICS  – good corrosion prevention properties

– quick drying, can be overcoated after a short interval

– can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total

repair

– the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable

– meets COT specification 16.52, see sheet 1887

COLOURS AND GLOSS  grey - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 2,2 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 55 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,5 lb/gal - 430 g/l

Recommended dry film 25-50 µ m depending on blasting profile;

thickness dfts of more than 50 µ m are not recommended underneath thick, rigid

epoxy systems

Theoretical spreading rate 22 m² /l for 25 µ m *

Touch dry after 15 min. at 20° C *

Overcoating interval min. 6 hours *

max. several months *

Full cure after 7 days

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 29° C, hardener 26° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – blasting profile; (Rz) 40-70 µ mAND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

Page 205: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 205/338

 

page 2/4

7402 SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER 

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 78 : 22

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time none

Pot life 24 hours at 20° C, 6 hours at 35° C

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) Volume of thinner 0 - 20 % depending on dft to be applied

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 - 0,48 mm (= 0,017 - 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 20 % (depending on dft to be applied)

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA 

Film thickness and theoreticalspreading rate spreading rate m² /l 22 15,7 11 7,3

dft in µ m 25 35 50 75

Page 206: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 206/338

 

page 3/4

7402 SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER 

December 1999

Overcoating table substratefor dft 35-50 µ m temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 8 6 4 3interval hours hours hours hours

maximum several months when free frominterval zinc salts and contamination

– zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they

should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating

– an interval of several months can be allowed, under clean interior

exposure conditions– in clean exterior conditions a maximum interval of 14 days can be

tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be

reduced to the practical minimum

– when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to

overcoat Sigmacover zinc primer within two days with Sigmarite sealer

– before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by

high pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure

temperature handle

10° C 40 min. 4 hours 20 days

15° C 30 min. 2 hours 10 days

20° C 15 min. 2 hours 7 days

30° C 10 min. 1 hour 5 days

– Sigmacover zinc primer can be applied at temperatures between 5° C and

10° C, but the curing rate will be very low

– for such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended:

Sigma Proferral PR, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 and Sigma Tornusil MC 60 for

systems exposed to atmospheric conditions, Sigma Silguard MC forsystems exposed to immersed conditions

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Worldwide availability  Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

Page 207: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 207/338

179384 0000001800

page 4/4

7402SIGMACOVER ZINC PRIMER

December 1999

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 208: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 208/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7409

 

SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1997

DESCRIPTION  two component high-build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL  – primer coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system

CHARACTERISTICS  – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible

oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents

– maximum cargo flexibility

– low cargo absorption

– good resistance to hot water

– food certificate, see sheet 1884

– Recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886

– good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface

COLOURS AND GLOSS  off white - eggshell

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 66 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 100 µ m *

Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m² /l for 100 µ m *

Touch dry after 2 hours

Overcoating interval min. 36 hours *

max. 21 days *

Full cure after see curing table *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 25° C, hardener 32° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned in situ to at least ISO-Sa2½ and free from rust, scale,

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS shop primer and any other contamination

AND TEMPERATURES – blasting profile; (Rz) 50 µm - 100 µm

– the substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of

Sigma Phenguard primer

– substrate temperature should be above 10° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION  marine system sheet 3141

tankcoatings system sheet 3322

Page 209: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 209/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7409 SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing components

Induction time allow minimum induction time before use

15° C 20 min.

20° C 15 min.

25° C 10 min.

Pot life 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH  only for spot repair and stripe coating

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and

relevant material safety data sheetMinimum ventilation air

quantity required for 1 litre of:

mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 55 m³

b. to reach TLV = 968 m³

Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m³

b. to reach TLV = 4468 m³

Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³

b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³

Page 210: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 210/338

 

page 3/4

7409 SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 6,6 5,3

dft in µ m 100 125

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 60 µ m

Overcoating table for

Sigma Phenguard coatingand Sigmaguard HS

substrate

temperature 10° C 15° C  20° C 30° C 40° Cminimum 60 48 36 24 16

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 28 25 21 14 7

interval days days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating

temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,

8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater

10° C 14 days

15° C 14 days

20° C 10 days

30° C 7 days

40° C 5 days

– minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before

transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months

– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer

to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List– for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required whcih cannot be

substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

– the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing

degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time

between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and

3rd coat (see overcoating details)

– when used as a primer under solvent free tank-linings the dft must be

limited to a maximum of 100 µ m

Page 211: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 211/338

180706 offwhite 7001002200

page 4/4

7409SIGMA PHENGUARD PRIMER

December 1999

Pot life 10°C 6 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 4 hours

30°C 1,5 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 212: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 212/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7412

 SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 11-1995

DESCRIPTION  two component high build polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy

primer

PRINCIPAL  – general purpose epoxy primer or build coat in protective coating systems

CHARACTERISTICS  for steel and concrete structures in atmospheric exposure

– can be recoated with two component and conventional paints even after

long weathering periods

– is free from lead and chromate containing pigments

– excellent rust preventing properties in industrial or coastal atmospheres

– tough, with long term flexibility

– will cure even at temperatures down to -10° C

– a high relative humidity max. 95 % during application and curing does not

influence the performance of the primer

– good adhesion to steel, galvanized steel and aged epoxy coatings

– easy application, both by airless spray and brush

– resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals

– COT certificate available

COLOURS AND GLOSS  cream and pink - eggshell, other colours on request

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 63 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,8 lb/gal - 335 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 75-150 µ m depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 6,3 m² /l for 100 µ m *

Touch dry after 2 hours

Overcoating interval min. 3 hours *

max. unlimited

Full cure after 4 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 26° C, hardener 24,5° C

Page 213: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 213/338

Page 214: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 214/338

 

page 3/4

7412 SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER 

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading

spreading rate rate m² /l 8,4 6,3 4,2

dft in µ m 75 100 150

Overcoating table for

Sigmacover CM productssubstrate

temperature -5° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum no limitations, provided the surface is cleaned

interval from any contamination

Overcoating table for

other paintssubstrate

temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 8 5 3 20 10 8

interval days days days hours hours hoursmaximum no limitations, when cleaned from chalking and

interval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat

note: Sigmacover CM primer is not recoatable with tar epoxy coatings

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure

temperature

-10° C 24-48 hours 20 days

- 5° C 24-30 hours 14 days

0° C 18-24 hours 10 days

5° C 18 hours 8 days

10° C 12 hours 6 days

15° C 8 hours 5 days

20° C 6 hours 4 days

30° C 4 hours 3 days

40° C 3 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Page 215: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 215/338

 

179630 cream 3012002200

179635 pink 6007002200

page 4/4

7412 SIGMACOVER CM PRIMER 

December 1999

Pot life 10° C 16 hours(at application viscosity) 15° C 10 hours

20° C 8 hours

30° C 5 hours

35° C 4 hours

Worldwide availability  Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES 

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431 

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Lim i tat ion of Liabi l i ty  - The info rmat ion in this data sheet is based upon labor atory tests we bel ieve tobe accurate and is int ended for guidance only. Al l recommendat ions or suggest io ns relat ing to the u se of th eproducts made by Sigma Coatings, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific enquiry,or ot herw ise, are based on data w hich to t he best o f our kno w ledge are rel iable. The products andinfo rmat ion are designed fo r users having t he requisi te know ledge and indu str ial sk i l ls and i t is the end-user's responsibi l i ty t o determ ine the sui tabi l i ty of th e product for i ts intended use.Sigma Coat ings has no control over ei ther t he qual i ty or condi t ion of the substrat e, or the m any factorsaffect ing t he use and appl icat io n of the p roduct. Sigma Coat ing s does theref ore not accept any l iabi l i t yarising f rom loss, in jury or damage resul t in g f rom such use or t he cont ents of this data sheet (unless thereare wri t ten agreements stat ing oth erw ise).

The data contained her ein are l iable to m odif ication as a result of p ractical experience and cont inuo usproduct development.

This data sheet replaces and annu ls al l previou s issues and it is theref ore t he user’s responsibi l i t y t o ensurethat this sheet is current prior t o using the produ ct. 

Page 216: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 216/338

 

* see additional data page 1/4 

7413 SIGMACOVER PRIMER 

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component polyamide cured epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL  – general purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel

CHARACTERISTICS  and non ferrous metals to be used in immersion and atmospheric

exposures

– good adhesion to steel, non ferrous metals and galvanized steel

– compatible with controlled cathodic protection systems

– good flow and wetting properties

– good water and corrosion resistance

– cures at temperatures down to +5° C

– suitable for touching up weld seams and damage to epoxy primers

during construction

– long recoating intervals are possible when overcoating with epoxy and

polyurethane coatings

– can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy-

and 2 component polyurethane coatings

– suitable on wet blast cleaned substrates (damp or dry)

COLOURS AND GLOSS  redbrown and green - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 57 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,5 lb/gal - 430 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 50-75 µ m depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 11,4 m² /l for 50 µ m *

Touch dry after 1,5 hours

Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *

max. 6 months *

Full cure after 7 days *(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 26° C, hardener 24,5° C

RECOMMENDED  – for immersion exposure:

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  •  steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

AND TEMPERATURES  •  steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to SPSS-Ss

– for atmospheric exposure:

•  steel; pretreated preferably to ISO-Sa2½ or according to ISO-St3

•  shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3

Page 217: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 217/338

 

* see additional data page 2/4 

7413 SIGMACOVER PRIMER

December 1999

– galvanized steel; cleaned from grease, salts, contamination, preferablyblast cleaned to Rz = 30 µm

– substrate temperature should be above 5° C during application and curing

and at least 3° C above dew point

INSTRUCTION FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 8 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for dft 75 µm

5 - 10 % for dft 50 - 75 µm

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 mm (= 0,018 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (=approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 11,4 7,6

dft in µ m 50 75

Page 218: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 218/338

 

page 3/4 

7413 SIGMACOVER PRIMER

December 1999

Overcoating tablefor two pack epoxy- or

polyurethane paint

substratetemperature 5° C 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 36 16 10 8 6 4

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum

interval 6 6 6 6 4 3

when not  months months months months months months

exposed to

sunshine

maximuminterval 3 3 3 3 2 2

when months months months months months months

exposed to

sunshine

– figures are valid for a dfts up to 75 µm Sigmacover primer

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Overcoating table for

other type of paint like:

chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-,alkyd paint

substrate

temperature 5° C 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 16 10 6 5 3 2

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 21 21 14 10 7 7

interval days days days days days days

– figures are valid for a dfts up to 75 µm Sigmacover primer

– surface should be cleaned from chalking and contamination

– glossy finishes require a suitable undercoat

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure

temperature handle

5° C 5 hours 6 hours 21 days

10° C 3 hours 4 hours 14 days

15° C 2,5 hours 3 hours 10 days

20° C 1,5 hours 2 hours 7 days

30° C 45 min. 1 hour 5 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Page 219: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 219/338

Page 220: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 220/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7414 SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 11-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component high solids aluminium pigmented polyamine cured modified

epoxy primer/coating

PRINCIPAL  – primer/coating designed for maintenance

CHARACTERISTICS  – very low solvent content

– good flow properties

– self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation

– compatible with most aged good adhering coatings

– good recoatability with epoxy- and polyurethane paints

– good curing at temperatures down to 5° C

– resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals

– good abrasion resistance

– good flexibility

– if the substrate temperature drops below +5 till 0° C, the wintergrade

type

should be used (see 7414WG)

COLOURS AND GLOSS  aluminium (light-dark) - semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 90% by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 1,1 l/gal - 135 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 75 - 125 µ m * depending on system and application method

Theoretical spreading rate 12 m² /l for 75 µ m, 7,2 m² /l for 125 µ m

Touch dry after 4 hours

Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *

max. 4 months *

Curing time 5 days

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base > 65° C, hardener 45° C

Page 221: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 221/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7414 SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER

December 1999

RECOMMENDED  – for atmospheric exposure conditions SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  •  steel; power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 or blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for good

AND TEMPERATURES  corrosion protection

•  existing sound coating systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned

– for immersion in water 

•  steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or cleaned by wet blasting

•  steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool

cleaned to SPSS-Pt3

•  existing sound epoxy coating, sufficiently roughened and free from any

contamination

– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above dew

point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77,5 : 22,5

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C

otherwise extra solvents may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 3 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10%

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mmNozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

Page 222: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 222/338

 

page 3/4

7414 SIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER

December 1999

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading

spreading rate rate m² /l 12 9 7,2

dft in µ m 75 100 125

Overcoating table

for most epoxy and

polyurethane paints *

substrate

temperature 5° C 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 48 36 20 12 8 6

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 6 6 6 4 3 3

interval months months months months months months

* for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised by 50% surface

should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure

temperature

5° C 16 hours 48 hours 10 days

10° C 9 hours 36 hours 7 days

15° C 6 hours 20 hours 6 days

20° C 4 hours 12 hours 5 days

30° C 3 hours 8 hours 4 days

40° C 2 hours 6 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 15° C 5 hours

(at application viscosity) 20° C 3 hours

30° C 2 hours

40° C 1 hour

50° C 1 hour

Page 223: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 223/338

Page 224: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 224/338

 

* see additional data 

page 1/4 

7414WGSIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 12-1995

DESCRIPTION  two component high solids aluminium pigmented polyamine cured modified

epoxy primer/coating (for temperatures of 0° C up to +10° C)

PRINCIPAL  – good curing at temperatures down to +0° C

CHARACTERISTICS  – primer/coating designed for maintenance

– very low solvent content

– good flow properties

– self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation

– compatible with most aged good adhering coatings

– good recoatability with epoxy- and polyurethane paints

– resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals

– good abrasion resistance

COLOURS AND GLOSS  aluminium (light-dark) – semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 88% by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 1,3 lb/gal - 150 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 75 - 125 µ m * depending on system and application method

Theoretical spreading rate 11,7 for 75 µ m, 7,0 m² /l for 125 µ m

Touch dry after 4 hours

Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *

max. 2 months *

Curing time 5 days

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base > 65° C and hardener > 42° C 

RECOMMENDED  – for atmospheric exposure conditions 

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  •  steel; power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 or blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 for good

AND TEMPERATURES  corrosion protection

•  existing sound coating systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and cleaned

– for immersion in water 

•  steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or cleaned by wet blasting

•  steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool

cleaned to SPSS-Pt3

•  existing sound epoxy coating, sufficiently roughened and free from any

contamination

– substrate temperature should be above 0° C and at least 3° C above dewpoint

Page 225: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 225/338

 

* see additional data 

page 2/4 

7414WGSIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77,5 : 22,5 ** use wintergrade hardener

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C

otherwise extra solvents are required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time none

Pot life at 10° C 3 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10%

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5%

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading

spreading rate rate m² /l 11,7 8,8 7,0

dft in µ m 75 100 125

Page 226: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 226/338

 

page 3/4

7414WGSIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE

December 1999

Overcoating tablefor most epoxy and

polyurethane paints

substratetemperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 15° C

minimum 64 36 24 20

interval hours hours hours hours

maximum 5 5 4 3

interval months months months months

– for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised

with 50%

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure

temperature

0° C 18 hours 26 hours 14 days

5° C 12 hours 20 hours 10 days

10° C 5 hours 16 hours 7 days

15° C 4 hours 12 hours 6 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 5° C 4 hours

(at application viscosity) 10° C 3 hours

Worldwide availability  Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

Page 227: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 227/338

179596 dark 0100002200

179598 light 0200000022

page 4/4

7414WGSIGMACOVER ALUPRIMER WINTERGRADE

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 228: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 228/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7420

 

SIGMARITE SEALER

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component micaceous iron oxide pigmented polyamide cured epoxy

sealer/coating

PRINCIPAL  – may be used as a primer, sealer or coating

CHARACTERISTICS  – excellent adhesion to and sealing of weathered, cleaned zinc rich primers

and zinc sprayed steel

– good adhesion to properly pretreated galvanized steel

– excellent adhesion to blast cleaned steel

– can be used in systems for atmospheric or water immersed exposure

conditions

– good resistance to industrial or chemical contaminated atmospheric

exposure conditions

– good abrasion- and impact resistance

– good adhesion characteristics for subsequent coats

– resistant to temperatures up to 200° C in dry atmospheric exposure

conditions

– meets COT specification 17.09

COLOURS AND GLOSS  redbrown, greenish grey - low metallic sheen

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm³Solids content approx. 60 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,1 lb/gal - 380 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 40-80 µ m * depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 15 m² /l for 40 µ m *

Touch dry after 2 hours *

Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *

max. 1 month *

Full cure after 7 days *(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 26° C, hardener 26,5° C

Page 229: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 229/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7420 SIGMARITE SEALER

December 1999

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – shop primed steel; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power tool cleaned to

AND TEMPERATURES  SPSS-Pt3

– zinc primed steel: free from any contamination and zinc salts

– galvanized steel; for atmospheric exposure conditions disc sanding, free

from any contamination and zinc salts; for water immersed exposure

conditions sweep blasting is required

– not weathered zinc sprayed steel; free from any contamination and zinc

salts

– previous suitable coat; dry and free from any contamination

– substrate temperature should be above 10° C during application and

curing and at least 3° C above dew point

– for atmospheric exposure conditions the minimum substrate temperature

for application may be 5° C, but at low temperature the curing slows

down

according to the overcoating and curing tables

REMARK when used as an adhesion primer or when a long overcoating interval is

expected a max. dft of 50 µm must be specified in order to preserve the

rough texture

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18

– the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above

15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application

viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing components

Induction time allow minimum induction time before use

20 min. 15° C, 10 min. 20° C, 5 min. 25° C

Pot life at 20° C 8 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 % for dft of approx. 80 µm

25 - 30 % for dft of approx. 40 µ m when used for sealing inorganic zinc

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= 0,019 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 10 - 30 % depending on thickness to be applied

Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mmNozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

Page 230: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 230/338

Page 231: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 231/338

179510 9048052200

179508 9028052200

page 4/4

7420SIGMARITE SEALER

December 1999

Curing table substrate touch dry to handle full cure

temperature dry rainproof

  5°C 8 hours 18 hours – days

10°C 5 hours 8 hours 15 days

15°C 3,5 hours 6 hours 10 days

20°C 2 hours 4 hours 7 days

25°C 1,5 hours 4 hours 5 days

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

  (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

– for optimum resistance in tankcoating systems a minimum substrate

  temperature of 10°C is essential

Pot life 15°C 10 hours

(at application viscosity) 20°C 8 hours

25°C 6 hours

30°C 5 hours

35°C 4 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 232: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 232/338

Page 233: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 233/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7427 SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT 

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE 

Mixing instructions mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C,

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Pot life at 20° C 6 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %

Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

to obtain optimal flow Sigma thinner 91-99 (flash point 43° C) should be

used

Note special thinners may be required if applied directly on top of zinc silicate

primers

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 8,4 6,3 4,2

dft in µ m 75 100 150

Page 234: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 234/338

 

page 3/4

7427 SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT 

December 1999

Overcoating table

for Sigmacover CM

products and epoxy

finishes

substrate

temperature -5° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum no limitation

interval

Note Sigmacover CM miocoat should not be overcoated with a coal tar epoxy

coating

Overcoating table

for chlorinated

rubber, Sigmadur

HB finish,

Sigmadur gloss,

Sigmadur HB miocoat

and alkyd paints

substrate

temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 48 24 16 12 8 6

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum no limitation,

interval glossy finishes require an undercoat

Curing table at substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

-10° C 24-48 hours 20 days

- 5° C 24-30 hours 14 days

0° C 18-24 hours 10 days

5° C 18 hours 8 days

10° C 12 hours 6 days

15° C 8 hours 5 days

20 C 6 hours 4 days

30° C 4 hours 3 days

40° C 3 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 10° C 12 hours

(at application viscosity) 20° C 6 hours

30° C 4 hours

40° C 2 hours

Page 235: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 235/338

179494 colour 9553 9553052200

179496 colour 9558 9558052200

page 4/4

7427SIGMACOVER CM MIOCOAT

December 1999

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 236: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 236/338

 

* see additional data page 1/4

7428

 

SIGMACOVER ST

a four page issue December 1999revision of 8-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component surface tolerant high solids polyamine cured epoxy

primer/coating

PRINCIPAL  – self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation for

CHARACTERISTICS  atmospheric exposure

– particularly well suited as maintenance coating for steel structures

– excellent corrosion resistance

– resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals

– good abrasion resistance

– good flexibility

– compatible with various aged coatings– good recoatability with epoxy-, polyurethane- and most chlorinated

rubber-, alkyd- and acrylic paints

– when exposed to sunlight some discolouration may occur

– good curing down to +5° C

– if the substrate temperature drops below +5 till 0° C, the wintergrade

type

should be used (see 7428 WG), however, discolouration will occur with

light colours

– COT certificate available

COLOURS AND GLOSS  grey, and offwhite (other colours on request) - semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 85 % by volume (for offwhite)

 VOC (supplied) max. 1,5 lb/gal - 185 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 60 - 150 µ m * depending on system and application method

Theoretical spreading rate 14,2 m² /l for 60 µ m, 5,7 m² /l for 150 µ m

Touch dry after 6 hours

Overcoating interval min. 16 hours

max. see tables *

Curing time 7 days

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 31° C, hardener 45° C

Page 237: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 237/338

Page 238: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 238/338

 

* see additional data page 3/4

7428 SIGMACOVER ST

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 14,2 5,7

dft in µ m 60 150

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 100 µ m

Overcoating table for epoxy- substrate

and polyurethane paint * temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 48 24 16 8 6

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 9 9 4 2 1

interval months months months months month

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

* for polyurethane paints the minimum overcoating time should be raised by 50%

Overcoating table for

chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-,

and alkyd paint

substrate

temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 48 24 16 8 6

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 21 21 10 7 7

interval days days days days days

glossy finishes require a corresponding undercoat

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

– best intercoat adhesion occurs when the subsequent coat is applied

before the preceding coat is fully cured

– if this time is exceeded it may be necessary to roughen the surface

Curing table at 125 µ m substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure

for Sigmacover ST temperature

5° C 30 hours 48 hours 25 days

10° C 20 hours 24 hours 15 days

15° C 12 hours 20 hours 10 days

20° C 6 hours 16 hours 7 days

30° C 5 hours 8 hours 4 days

40° C 3 hours 5 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Page 239: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 239/338

179585 redbrown 7631-6169-05

179956 grey 7631-5000-00

179583 ral 6002 7631-6002-26

179586 offwhite 7631-7001-00

page 4/4

7428SIGMACOVER ST

December 1999

Pot life 15°C 3 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 2 hours

30°C 1,5 hours

40°C 1 hour

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 240: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 240/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7428WGSIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 12-1995

DESCRIPTION  two component surface tolerant high solids polyamine cured epoxy

primer/coating (for temperatures of 0° C till +10° C)

PRINCIPAL  – cures down to +0° C

CHARACTERISTICS  – particularly well suited as maintenance coating for steel structures

– self priming coating tolerant to lower grades of steel preparation for

atmospheric exposure

– excellent corrosion resistance

– resistant to splash of a wide range of chemicals

– good abrasion resistance

– good flexibility

– compatible with various aged coatings

– good recoatability with epoxy-, polyurethane- and most chlorinated

rubber-, alkyd and acrylic paints

– colours have tendance of yellowing

– light colours have tendency to yellowing

COLOURS AND GLOSS  grey and offwhite (other colours on request) – gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 85% by volume (for offwhite)

 VOC (supplied) max 1,6 lb/gal - 195 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 60 - 150 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 14,2 for 60 µ m, 5,7 m² /l for 150 µ m

Touch dry after 4 hours

Overcoating interval min. 4 hours

max. 2 months *

Curing time 5 days

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 31° C, hardener 26° C

RECOMMENDED  – for atmospheric exposure conditions

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ for excellent corrosion protection

AND TEMPERATURES  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or power tool cleaned to ISO-St2 for

good corrosion protection

– existing sound epoxy coating systems and most sound alkyd coating

systems; sufficiently roughened, dry and free from any contamintion

– substrate temperature should be above +0° C and at least 3° Cabove dew point

Page 241: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 241/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7428WGSIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 83 : 17 ** use wintergrade hardener (WG)

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C,

otherwise extra solvents may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time 15 minutes, for substrate temperatures below +10° C

Pot life at 10° C 2 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10%

Nozzle orifice 0,48 - 0,53 mm (= approx. 0,019 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 10 - 15%

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,0 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) or

Sigma thinner 91-99 (flash point 45° C) for better flow

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10%

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint andexposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading

spreading rate rate m² /l 14,2 8,5 5,7

dft in µ m 60 100 150

Page 242: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 242/338

 

page 3/4

7428WGSIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE

December 1999

Overcoating table substratefor epoxy paint temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C

minimum 24 20 16 8

interval hours hours hours hours

maximum 2 2 2 2

interval months months months months

– the table is valid for sun exposed areas, for areas not exposed to direct

sunlight the maximum recoating interval will be longer

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Overcoating table

for polyurethane paintsubstrate

temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C

minimum 64 36 24 16

interval hours hours hours hours

maximum 1 1 1 1

interval month month month month

– the table is valid for sun exposed areas, for areas not exposed to direct

sunlight the maximum recoating interval will be longer– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure

temperature

0° C 24 hours 24 hours 14 days

5° C 18 hours 20 hours 10 days

10° C 12 hours 16 hours 7 days

15° C 9 hours 12 hours 6 days

20° C 4 hours 8 hours 5 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Page 243: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 243/338

179613 base L 20 ltr

179609 base Z 20 ltr173524 hardener

page 4/4

7428WGSIGMACOVER ST WINTERGRADE

December 1999

Pot life 0°C 3 hours(at application viscosity) 10°C 2 hours

20°C 1 hour

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 244: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 244/338

Page 245: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 245/338

 

* see additional data page 2/4

7433 SIGMAGUARD EHB 

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25

– the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above

15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application

viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time allow induction time before use

15° C 15 min.

20° C 10 min.

25° C 5 min.

Pot life at 20° C 1,5 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner up to 10 % for a one coat application of 125 µ m dft

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,58 mm (= 0,021 - 0,023 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 15 % for a one coat application of 125 µ m dft

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH  not recommended, only for spot repair and stripe coating

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint andexposed skin or eyes

Minimum ventilation air

quantity required for 1 litre of:

mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 45 m³

b. to reach TLV = 938 m³

Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m³

b. to reach TLV = 4468 m³

Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³

b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³

Page 246: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 246/338

 

* see additional data page 3/4

7433 SIGMAGUARD EHB 

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 7,8 6,2

dft in µ m 100 125

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 100 µ m

Overcoating table substrate

temperature 5° C 10° C  20° C 30° C 40° Cminimum 32 24 8 4 3

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 28 28 28 14 7

interval days days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigmaguard EHB tankcoating

temperature system before transport ofaliphatic petroleum products cargoes without

and ballast water and note 4, 7, 8 or 11

tanktest with seawater

5° C 10 days 17 days

10° C 7 days 14 days

15° C 5 days 8 days

20° C 3 days 5 days

30° C 2,5 days 4 days

40° C 1,5 days 3 days

– minimum curing time of Sigmaguard EHB tankcoating system before

transport of cargoes with note 4,7,8 or 11: 3 months

– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer

to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Page 247: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 247/338

179122 grey 5000002200

180730 green 4000002200

page 4/4

7433SIGMAGUARD EHB

December 1999

Pot life 15°C 3 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 1,5 hours

25°C 1 hour

30°C 30 min.

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 248: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 248/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7435

 

SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1997

DESCRIPTION  two component high build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – second coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system

CHARACTERISTICS  – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible

oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents

– maximum cargo flexibility

– low cargo absorption

– good resistance to hot water

– food certificate, see sheet 1884

– Recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886

– good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface

COLOURS AND GLOSS  pink - eggshell

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 66 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 100 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m² /l for 100 µ m *

Touch dry after 2 hours

Overcoating interval min. 24 hours *

max. 21 days *

Full cure after see curing table *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 25° C, hardener 32° C

RECOMMENDED  – previous coat of Sigma Phenguard primer; dry and free from any

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  contamination

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of

Sigma Phenguard coating

– substrate temperature should be above 10° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION  marine system sheet 3141

tankcoatings system sheet 3322

Page 249: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 249/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7435 SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above

15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application

viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time allow minimum induction time before use

15° C 20 min.

20° C 15 min.

25° C 10 min.

Pot life 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 andrelevant material safety data sheet

Minimum ventilation air

quantity required for 1 litre of:

mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 56 m³

b. to reach TLV = 970 m³

Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m³

b. to reach TLV = 4468 m³

Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³

b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³

Page 250: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 250/338

 

page 3/4

7435 SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 6,6 5,3

dft in µ m 100 125

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 60 µ m

Overcoating table for substrate

Sigma Phenguard finish temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° Cminimum 36 32 24 16 12

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 28 25 21 14 7

interval days days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating

temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater

10° C 14 days

15° C 14 days

20° C 10 days

30° C 7 days

40° C 5 days

– minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before

transport of cargoes with note 4,7,8 or 11: 3 months

– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer

to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List– for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required and cannot be

substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

– the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing

degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time

between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and

3rd coat (see overcoating details)

Page 251: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 251/338

179115 pink 6007002200

page 4/4

7435SIGMA PHENGUARD COATING

December 1999

Pot life 10°C 6 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 4 hours

30°C 1,5 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

 

Page 252: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 252/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7436

 

SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1997

DESCRIPTION  two component high build amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy finish

PRINCIPAL  – finish coat in the Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system

CHARACTERISTICS  – excellent resistance to a wide range of organic acids, alcohols, edible

oils, fats (regardless of free fatty acid content) and solvents

– maximum cargo flexibility

– low cargo absorption

– good resistance to hot water

– food certificate, see sheet 1884

– Recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886

– good application properties, resulting in a smooth surface

– easy to clean

COLOURS AND GLOSS  light grey (green on request) - eggshell

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 1,7 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 66 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 100 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 6,6 m² /l for 100 µ m *

Touch dry after 2 hours

Overcoating interval min. 24 hours *

max. 21 days *

Full cure after see curing table *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 25° C, hardener 32° C

RECOMMENDED  – previous coat of Sigma Phenguard coating; dry and free from any

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  contamination

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of

Sigma Phenguard finish

– substrate temperature should be above 10° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION  marine system sheet 3141

tankcoatings system sheet 3322

Page 253: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 253/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7436 SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing components

Induction time allow minimum induction time before use

15° C 20 min.

20° C 15 min.

25° C 10 min.

Pot life 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 - 0,53 mm (= 0,018 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 2 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and

relevant material safety data sheetMinimum ventilation air

quantity required for 1 litre of:

mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 55 m³

b. to reach TLV = 967 m³

Sigma thinner 91-92 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 170 m³

b. to reach TLV = 4468 m³

Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³

b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³

Page 254: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 254/338

 

page 3/4

7436 SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 6,6 5,3

dft in µ m 100 125

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 50 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 60 µ m

Overcoating table for substrate

Sigma Phenguard finish temperature 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C 40° Cminimum 36 32 24 16 12

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 28 25 21 14 7

interval days days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate min. curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating

temperature system before transport of cargoes without note 4, 7,8 or 11 and ballast water and tanktest with seawater

10° C 14 days

15° C 14 days

20° C 10 days

30° C 7 days

40° C 5 days

– minimum curing time of Sigma Phenguard tankcoating system before

transport of cargoes with note 4, 7, 8 or 11: 3 months

– for detailed information on resistance and resistance notes, please refer

to the latest issue of the Cargo Resistance List– for transport of methanol, a hot cargo cure is required and cannot be

substituted by a service period of 3 months with non-aggressive cargoes

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

– the performance of the applied system strongly depends on the curing

degree of the first coat at time of recoating. Therefore overcoating time

between 1st and 2nd coat is extended in comparison between 2nd and

3rd coat (see overcoating details)

Page 255: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 255/338

179116 green 4000002200

179118 grey 5000002200

page 4/4

7436SIGMA PHENGUARD FINISH

December 1999

Pot life 10°C 6 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 4 hours

30°C 1,5 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

 

Page 256: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 256/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7443

 SIGMAGUARD CSF

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1997

DESCRIPTION  two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – tank coating for crude oil/ballast and aliphatic petroleum products

CHARACTERISTICS  – good resistance to various chemicals

– one coat protection for steel structures, ships and storage tanks with

excellent corrosion resistance

– can be reinforced with chopped glassfibre or mat

– can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment (60:1)

– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard

– good visibility due to light colour

– recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886

– meets the requirements of Mil-C-4556E concerning resistance against

aircraft fuel and fuel degradation

COLOURS AND GLOSS  green - gloss

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content 100 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 17 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 300 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m² /l for 300 µ m *

Touch dry after 8 hours

Overcoating time min. 24 hours *

max. 20 days *

Full cure after 5 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 monthsFlash point base and hardener: above 65° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – blasting profile (Rz); 50-100 µ m

AND TEMPERATURES  – suitable primer; Sigmacover primer 7413 or Sigmarite sealer 7420

– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION  marine 1 x 300 µ m Sigmaguard CSF

Page 257: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 257/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7443 SIGMAGUARD CSF 

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20

– when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least

20° C

– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application

– no thinner should be used

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 1 hour *

AIRLESS SPRAY  – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump

ratio and suitable high pressure hoses– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling

down of paint in hoses at low air temperature

– application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line

heated high pressure hoses are used

– in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated

to approx. 30° C in order to obtain the right application viscosity

– length of hoses should be as short as possible

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,58 mm (= 0,021 - 0,023 in)

Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature)min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)

– at 30° C (paint temperature)

min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER  for stripe coating and spot repair only

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use

– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot lifetime has been expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and

relevant material safety data sheet

– no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask

should be used during spraying

– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good

visibility

Page 258: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 258/338

 

page 3/4

7443 SIGMAGUARD CSF 

December 1999

Minimum ventilation airquantity required for 1 litre of:

mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 1 m³

b. to reach TLV = 22 m³

Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³

b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 2,5dft in µ m 300 400

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 150 - 200 µ m

measuring wet film thickness

– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the

real applied wft

– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which

the release of air in the paint film takes some time

– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus

60 µ m

measuring dry film thickness

– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some

days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint

film

– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness

placed in between the coating and the measuring device

Overcoating tablewith Sigmaguard CSF

(spot repair and

stripe coating)

substratetemperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C

minimum 80 36 24 16

interval hours hours hours hours

maximum 20 20 20 14

interval days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Page 259: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 259/338

179131 green 4000002200

page 4/4

7443SIGMAGUARD CSF

December 1999

Curing table substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

  5°C 60 hours 15 days

10°C 30 hours 7 days

20°C 16 hours 5 days

30°C 10 hours 3 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 20°C 60 min.

(at application viscosity) 30°C 45 min.

due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may

increase

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 260: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 260/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/3 

7447 SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE

a three page issue December 1999

revision of 7-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component high solids glassflake reinforced polyamine cured epoxy

coating

PRINCIPAL  – excellent abrasion and impact resistance

CHARACTERISTICS  – long term protection for areas subject to heavy wear and tear

– excellent resistance to corrosion

– very low water permeability, due to glassflake barrier

– tar free

– resistant to splash and spillage of a wide range of chemicals

– application and curing at temperatures down to 5° C

COLOURS AND GLOSS  black (other colours on request) - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 84 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 1,6 Lb/gal - 195 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 400 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 2,1 m² /l for 400 µ m *

Touch dry after 2-3 hours

Overcoating interval min. 16 hours *

max. 30 days *

Full cure after 5 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 27° C, hardener 24° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½; blasting profile (Rz)50-100 µm

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – primed steel; (Sigmacover primer); dry and free from any contaminationAND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 76 : 24

– the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above

15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application

viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– very good mechanical mixing of base and hardener is essential

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Page 261: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 261/338

179367 black 8000002200

page 2/3

7447SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE

December 1999

Induction time 10 min. at 20°C

Pot life at 20°C 1,5 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for dft of about 400 µm

Nozzle orifice 0,53 - 0,78 mm (= approx. 0,021 - 0,031 in)

Nozzle pressure 19 - 22,5 MPa (= approx. 190 - 225 bar; 2700 - 3200 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20°C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm (= approx. 0,062 - 0,079 in)

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH – only for touch up and spot repair

– due to thixotropy it is difficult to obtain a smooth film by brush although

  this does not affect performance

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m²/l 3,4 2,1

dft in µm 250 400

Overcoating table substrate

for epoxy paints temperature 5°C 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

minimum 48 24 16 12 8

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 28 28 28 28 14

interval days days days days days

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

  (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

December 1999

Page 262: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 262/338

179367 black 8000002200

page 3/3

7447SIGMACOVER TCP GLASSFLAKE

Curing table for dft substrate touch dry dry to handle full cure

up to 400 µm temperature

  5°C 16 hours 30 hours 10 days

10°C 8 hours 16 hours 7 days

20°C 3 hours 8 hours 5 days

30°C 2 hours 5 hours 4 days

40°C 1 hour 3 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 10°C 3 hours(at application viscosity) 20°C 1,5 hours

30°C 45 min.

40°C 30 min.

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 263: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 263/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/3 

7448

 

SIGMAGUARD HS

a three page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component high solids polyamine cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – excellent water and chemical resistance

CHARACTERISTICS  – suitable for waste water of pH 2-10

– good abrasion resistance particularly to waste water slurries

– easy to clean

– UV exposure may adversely affect colour and gloss

COLOURS AND GLOSS  greenish grey - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 86,0 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 1,2 lb/gal - 145 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 150-250 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m² /l for 150 µ m

Touch dry after 3 - 4 hours

Overcoating interval min. 20 hours *

max. 5 days *

Full cure after 10 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 18° C, hardener 65° C

RECOMMENDED  – suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer preferred for waste

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  water exposure)

AND TEMPERATURES  – dry and free from any contamination

– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above dew

point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

Mixing instructions mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 77 : 23

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 3 hours *

Page 264: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 264/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/3 

7448 

SIGMAGUARD HS 

December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %, depending on required dft

Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH  max. dft 75 µ m

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading

spreading rate rate m² /litre 4,3 3,4 1,7

dft in µ m 200 250 500

Overcoating table substrate

temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 4 2 16 10 8interval days days hours hours hours

maximum 14 7 5 2 2

interval days days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Page 265: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 265/338

179526 green 4000002200

179528 black 8000002200

page 3/3

7448SIGMAGUARD HS

December 1999

Curing table substrate dry to full

temperature handle cure

5°C 5 days 21 days

10°C 2 days 15 days

20°C 16 hours 10 days

30°C 10 hours 5 days

40°C 8 hours 3 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 15°C 4 hours

(at application viscosity) 20°C 3 hours

25°C 2 hours

30°C 1,5 hours

40°C 1 hour

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 266: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 266/338

 

Page 1/4

7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 1-1997

DESCRIPTION  two component solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – one or two coat tank coating system

CHARACTERISTICS  – very suitable in glassfibre reinforced systems

– excellent resistance to crude oil up to 70° C

– suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines

– good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents

– good visibility due to light colour

– glossy and smooth appearance

– easy to clean

– can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment

– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard

– non-flammable

– suitable for the carriage and storage of dry solid foods

– approved to Air BP F2D2 section 2.1 for the storage of jet fuels

– suitable for contact with liquid food stuffs

COLOURS AND GLOSS  green and cream - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content 100 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 13 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 300 µ m - 600 µ m depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m² /l for 300 µ m *

Touch dry after 6 hours

Overcoating time min. 24 hours *

max. 2 months *

Full cure after 5 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life

(min 10° C and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base and hardener: above 65° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO–Sa2½,

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  blasting profile (Rz); 50–100 µ m

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature should be above 5° C during application and

curing and at least 3° C above dew point

– steel with suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer) which must be dry,

clean and free from any contamination

Page 267: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 267/338

 

Page 2/4

7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 78 : 22

– when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least

20° C

– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application

– no thinner should be used

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 1 hour *

Note special working procedure is available

AIRLESS SPRAY  – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1

pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses

– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling

down of paint in hoses at low air temperature

– length of hoses should be as short as possible

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature)

min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)

– at 30° C (paint temperature)

min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER  for stripe coating and spot repair only

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use

– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life

time has been expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

– no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask

should be used during spraying

– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good

visibility

Page 268: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 268/338

 

page 3/4

7453 SIGMA NOVAGUARD

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 1,7

dft in µ m 300 600

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 250 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 150 µ m

measuring wet film thickness

– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the

real applied wft– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which

the release of air in the paint film takes some time

– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus

60 µ m

measuring dry film thickness

– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some

days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint

film

– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness

placed in between the coating and the measuring device

Overcoating table with

Sigma Novaguard (spot

repair and stripe coating)

substrate

temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C

minimum 36 24 16

interval hours hours hours

maximum 3 2 1

interval months months month

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Page 269: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 269/338

Page 270: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 270/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7456 SIGMACOVER CM COATING

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 11-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component high build polyamide cured recoatable epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – general purpose epoxy build coat or finish in protective coating systems

CHARACTERISTICS  for steel and concrete structures exposed to atmospheric land and marine

conditions

– can be recoated with two component and conventional coatings even

after long weathering periods

– excellent durability

– tough, with long term flexibility

– will cure even at temperatures down to -10° C

– a high relative humidity max. 95 %, during application and curing does

not influence the quality of the coating

– good adhesion on aged epoxy coatings

– easy application, both by airless spray and brush

– resistant to water and splash of mild chemicals

– COT certificate available

COLOURS AND GLOSS  according to Sigma Protective Coatings shade card - semigloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 65 % by volume (white); 62-65 % (colours)

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 325 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 75 - 150 µ m depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 6,5 m² /l for 100 µ m (white) *

Touch dry after 2 hours

Overcoating interval min. 3 hours *

max. unlimited

Curing time 4 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 26° C, hardener 24,5° C

Page 271: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 271/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7456 SIGMACOVER CM COATING

December 1999

RECOMMENDED  – previous coat; dry and free from any contaminationSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to -10° C IS

AND TEMPERATURES  acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18

– the temperature of the mixture of base and hardener should be above

15° C, otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application

viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time – 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10° C

– none above 10° C

Pot life at 20° C 8 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %, depending on required dft

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Page 272: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 272/338

 

page 3/4 

7456 SIGMACOVER CM COATING

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading

spreading rate rate m² /l 8,7 6,5 4,3

dft in µ m 75 100 150

Overcoating table

for Sigmacover

CM products

substrate

temperature -5° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 36 10 4 3 2 2interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum no limitation, when cleaned from

interval chalking and contamination

Overcoating table

for chlorinated

rubber, Sigmadur

HB finish,

Sigmadur Gloss,Sigmadur HB miocoat

and alkyd paints

substrate

temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 4 2 1 12 8 6

interval days days day hours hours hoursmaximum no limitation, when cleaned from chalking and

interval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat

Overcoating table

for vinyl

and epoxy paints

substrate

temperature 0° C 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 8 5 3 20 10 8

interval days days days hours hours hours

maximum no limitation, when cleaned from chalking andinterval contamination; glossy finishes require an undercoat

Note Sigmacover CM coating should not be overcoated with tar epoxy coatings

Page 273: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 273/338

179440 white 7000002200

page 4/4

7456SIGMACOVER CM COATING

December 1999

Curing table substrate dry to handle full curetemperature

-10°C 24-48 hours 20 days

- 5°C 24-30 hours 14 days

0°C 18-24 hours 10 days

5°C 18 hours 8 days

10°C 12 hours 6 days

15°C 8 hours 5 days

20°C 6 hours 4 days

30°C 4 hours 3 days

40°C 3 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 10°C 16 hours

(at application viscosity) 20°C 8 hours

30°C 5 hours

35°C 4 hours

40°C 2 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

 

Page 274: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 274/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/5 

7472

 

SIGMA TCN 300

a five page issue December 1999

revision of 1-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component high build polyamine adduct cured coaltar epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – outstanding water and crude oil resistance

CHARACTERISTICS  – excellent corrosion resistance

– good resistance against chemically polluted water

– can be applied and cures at low temperatures (application possible down

to –5° C provided the substrate is free from ice)

– good abrasion resistance

– recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886

– resistant to well designed cathodic protection

COLOURS AND GLOSS  black and brown - eggshell

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 71 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,4 lb/gal - 295 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 125-500 µ m (see system sheets)

Theoretical spreading rate 5,7 m² /l for 125 µ m *

Touch dry after 4 hours

Overcoating interval min. 6 hours *

max. 5 days *

Full cure after 7 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 25° C, hardener 26° C

RECOMMENDED  – for immersion in water, with cathodic protection

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  •  steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

AND TEMPERATURES • steel with zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power

tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3

•  existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any

contamination

– for immersion in water, without cathodic protection

•  steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

•  steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2 L

•  steel with approved shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss or power

tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3

•  existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any

contamination

Page 275: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 275/338

 

page 2/5

7472 SIGMA TCN 300 

December 1999

– for atmospheric exposure conditions•  steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½

•  steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2/3 L

•  steel with approved shop primer; power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt2 or

SPSS-Pt3

•  existing coal tar epoxy coating; sufficiently roughened and free from any

contamination

– in order to obtain the maximum resistance against chemical- and

mechanical influences the substrate temperature should be above 5° C

during application and curing

– application at temperatures down to -5° C is possible but curing tohardness takes considerably longer and complete resistance will be

reached when temperature increases

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION  marine system sheets 3101, 3102, 3106, 3107

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 86 : 14

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time allow minimum induction time before use

15° C 30 min.

20° C 15 min.

25° C 10 min.

for application temperatures below 5° C: 60 min.

Pot life at 20° C 6 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26° C) Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % for a dft of 250 µm

10 - 15 % for a dft of 125 µm

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 - 0,64 mm (= 0,021 - 0,025 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,2 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 2 - 4 bar; 28 - 57 p.s.i.)

Page 276: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 276/338

 

page 3/5

7472 SIGMA TCN 300 

December 1999

BRUSH/ROLLER  only for touch up and spot repairRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-79 (flash point 26° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and

relevant material safety data sheet

Minimum ventilation air

quantity required for 1 litre of:

mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 58 m³

b. to reach TLV = 892 m³

Sigma thinner 91-79 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 164 m³

b. to reach TLV = 3723 m³

Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³

b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 5,7 2,8 2,4 1,8 1,4dft in µ m 125 250 300 400 500

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 80 µ m

max. dft when brushing(touch up and spot repair): 125 µ m

Overcoating table

for dft up to 250 µ m

with Sigma TCN 300 and

Sigma TCN tiecoat and

other compatible paints

substrate

temperature 5° C 10° C 15° C 20° C 30° C

minimum 24 18 12 6 4

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum

interval 21 12 8 4 3

when exposed days days days days days

to direct

sunshine

maximum

interval 40 30 24 18 14

when not  days days days days days

exposed

to direct

sunshine

Page 277: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 277/338

 

page 4/5

7472 SIGMA TCN 300 

December 1999

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

– when overcoated with other paints, tar bleeding will occur

– when overcoating work is to be carried out on coats thicker than 250 µm

applied in one coat, the minimum overcoating interval must be extended

as follows:

for 300 µm : 2 times as long

for 400 µm : 3 times as long

for 500 µm : 4 times as long

– adequate ventilation is required during application and curing

– when application has to be executed at low temperature care should be

taken that the temperature of the mixed paint is at least 15° C, theinduction time should be increased to at least one hour

Curing table

for dft up to 250 µ m

initial cure full cure

substrate for exposure to seawater for immersion in

temperature and to slightly polluted polluted water or

atmosphere crude oil

5° C 96 hours —

10° C 48 hours 15 days

15° C 30 hours 10 days20° C 24 hours 7 days

30° C 18 hours 3 days

40° C 12 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Drydockings – exposure to sea water is permitted after the initial curing time

– if Sigma TCN 300 has been applied by means of hot airless spray,

exposure to seawater is permitted after an initial cure of 4 hours

– at dfts ranging from 250 - 500 µm applied in a one coat application thecuring times have to be doubled in order to obtain sufficient mechanical

strength

– the mechanical strength, when cured at low temperature, is low initially,

but will increase quickly when exposed to seawater

Pot life 15° C 8 hours

(at application viscosity) 20° C 6 hours

25° C 5 hours

30° C 4 hours

35° C 2 hours

Page 278: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 278/338

179000 black 8000002200

178998 brown 2000002200

page 5/5

7472SIGMA TCN 300

December 1999

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 279: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 279/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7475

 SIGMAGUARD CSF 75

a four page issue January 2000

revision of 4-1999

DESCRIPTION  two component solvent free amine cured modified epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – tankcoating for drinking water

CHARACTERISTICS  – can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment

– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard

– good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour

– approved for potable water by:

National Institute of Public Health, Norway ref. no. Inr. SK 551/82, and

complies to Australian Standard AS 4020(Int)-1994

– recognized corrosion control coating (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886

COLOURS AND GLOSS  cream - gloss

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 100 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gal - 0 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 300 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m² /l at 300 µ m dft *

Touch dry after 8 hours

Overcoating time min. 24 hours *

max. 20 days *

Full cure after 12 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base and hardener above 65° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz): 40 µ m-70 µ mSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  if a holding primer is required, Sigmaguard primer 15 (dft of 75 µ m)

AND TEMPERATURES  should be used

– concrete; blast cleaned to remove loose particles, laitance and

contamination

– if a primer is required to withstand hydrostatic pressure, use Sigmacover

 Armour Compound prior to application of Sigmaguard CSF 75

– substrate temperature should be above 10° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

Page 280: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 280/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7475 SIGMAGUARD CSF 75

January 2000

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 79 : 21

– when mixing the temperature of the base and hardener should be at least

20° C

– at lower temperature viscosity will be too high for spray application

– no thinner should be used

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C approx. 1 hour *

AIRLESS SPRAY  – use heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump

ratio and suitable high pressure hoses– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling

down of paint in hoses at low air temperature

– application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line

heated high pressure hoses are used

– in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment, the paint must be heated

to approx. 30° C in order to obtain the right application viscosity

– length of hoses should be as short as possible

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature) min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)– at 30° C (paint temperature) min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH  for stripe coating and spot repair only

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

– all equipment used for application must be cleaned immediately after use

– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life

time has expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 andrelevant material safety data sheet for e.g. LEL and TLV values

although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint andexposed skin or eyes

– no solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask

should be used during spraying

– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good

visibility

Page 281: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 281/338

 

page 3/4

7475 SIGMAGUARD CSF 75

January 2000

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 2,5

dft in µ m 300 400

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 100 µ m

measuring wet film thickness 

– a difference is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the

real applied wft

– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint which

retards the release of air trapped in the paint film for some time

– a practical recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the

specified dft plus 60 µm

measuring dry film thickness 

– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured for some days

after application due to the penetration of the measuring device into the

paint film

– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thicknessplaced in between the coating and the measuring device

Overcoating with substrate

Sigmaguard CSF 75 temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 4 24 16 10

interval days hours hours hours

maximum 28 20 14 14

interval days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Page 282: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 282/338

179135 cream 3012002200

page 4/4

7475SIGMAGUARD CSF 75

January 2000

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure fortemperature drinking water

10°C * 4 days 20 days

20°C 1 day 12 days

30°C 16 hours 7 days

40°C 10 hours 5 days

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

  (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

– * for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50 % or lower

– for drinking water tanks Sigmaguard CSF 75 should not be applied at  temperatures below 10°C and the curing times are longer in view of

  unreacted components. Before using the freshly coated tanks, a

  tankwash should be carried out (see appendix)

Pot life 20°C 60 min.

(at application viscosity) 30°C 45 min.

due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may

increase

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

 

Page 283: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 283/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/5 

7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND

a five page issue December 1999revision of 8-98

DESCRIPTION  two component flint reinforced solvent free polyamine cured, epoxycompound

PRINCIPAL  – seamless water impermeable layer with excellent anticorrosive properties

CHARACTERISTICS  – suitable for the protection of steel and concrete– excellent resistance against impact and wear– excellent adhesion under dry and wet exposure conditions– resistant to splash of mild chemicals– can be exposed to water within 30 minutes after application– application areas are, steelmills, powerplants, textile mills, decks of

ships and offshore installations– texture of surface is rough

COLOURS AND GLOSS  white (other colours available on request) - flat

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 2,0 g/cm³Solids content 100 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gallon - 0 g/lRecommended dry filmthickness 3 - 5 mmTheoretical spreading rate 0,2 m² /l for 5000 µ m (= approx. 10 kg/m² )

0,3 m² /l for 3000 µ m (= approx. 6 kg/m² )Touch dry after 6 - 8 hoursOvercoating interval 1 - 7 days, depending on type of paint *Curing time 7 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months

Flash point base and hardener above 65° CConsistency base - paste, hardener - mobile liquid

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, surface roughness (Rz) 75-100 µmSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – concrete: freed from laitance by blast cleaning

AND TEMPERATURES  – moisture content of concrete should be max. 4%– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above dew

point

Page 284: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 284/338

 

page 2/5 

7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND

December 1999

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION  see relevant manuals:

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 90,4 : 9,6

– the temperature of base and hardener when mixing the componentsshould be approx. 20° C

– use always mechanical mixing equipment– add the hardener while stirring the base– mix thoroughly and quickly until a homogeneous material is obtained– do not prepare more material than can be used within 30 minutes

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C approx. 30 minutes

APPLICATION  a sprayable polymer mortar is a heavy material which has to be transportedfrom the container with mixed material to the mortar spray gun or airlessspray gun.Care should be taken that hoses are of sufficiently large diameter, are asshort as possible and that no obstructions are present; otherwise the binderwill be pressed out of the mortar leaving dry (untransportable) materialbehind. So preferably 3/4 - 1 inch hoses should be used (for the airlessspraying, just before the spraygun 5/8 inch).

APPLICATION WITH  equipment such as type "swinger pump" Fizom A112tech spraysystemsLOW PRESSURE PUMP  U.S.A.

Nozzle orifice approx. 5,6 mm, preferably with internal mix atomisationNozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx 4-6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)

equipment such as Swinger Pump (11 : 1 ratio motor AirTech spray equipment, Houston, TX)

Nozzle orifice approx. 6,5 - 10 mm preferably with internal mixatomisation

Nozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx 4 - 6 bar; 57- 85 p.s.i.)

APPLICATION BY  – pressure vessel with bottom outlet and pressure lidPRESSURE VESSEL  – vessel should not contain more than 25 litres

– before use vessel and hoses have to be wetted with white spirit– hoses (diameter 25 mm = approx. 1 inch) not longer than 7 metres,

preferably in two lengths of 3,5 metres– at low temperature hoses have to be insulated

Nozzle orifice approx. 6,5 - 10 mm, preferably with internal mix atomisationNozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 4 - 6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)

Page 285: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 285/338

 

page 3/5 

7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND

December 1999

APPLICATION BY  equipment such as "quick spray", carrousel pump and spraying equipmentDISPLACEMENT FEED PUMP  (Quickspray Inc., Port Clinton, Ohio, U.S.A.)

Nozzle orifice approx. 4 - 5 mmNozzle pressure 0,4 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 4 - 6 bar; 57 - 85 p.s.i.)

APPLICATION BY TROWEL  Sigmacover Armour compound can be applied and compacted by trowels

TOUCH UP  – damaged areas should be reblasted and repaired with Sigmacover Armour compound by means of filling knives

– porosity, blow holes and crevices in concrete should be filled withSigmacover Armour compound by hand (trowel/filling knife)

– larger areas can be resprayed with a beaker spray unit (e.g. Putzmeister)suitable for spraying materials like coarse filled mortars

Note: other application methods may be possible, please contact the nearest salesoffice

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

AND PROCEDURE  – all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use– insert a cellulose sponge into the hose inlet and force through with Sigma

thinner 90-53, repeat if necessary

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 andrelevant material safety data sheet

although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint andexposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Overcoating table substratefor solvent borne paints temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 7 4 1 1interval days days day day

maximum 30 30 30 30interval days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Page 286: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 286/338

 

page 4/5 

7490 SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND

December 1999

Overcoating table substratefor solvent free paints temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 1 day or immediately wet on wetinterval

maximum 30 30 30 30interval days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate touch dry to fulltemperature dry handle cure

10° C 10-12 hours 48 hours 12 days20° C 6- 8 hours 24 hours 7 days30° C 4- 6 hours 16 hours 4 days40° C 4- 4 hours 12 hours 3 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 20° C 30 min.

30° C 15 min.

PHYSICAL DATA OF CURED MATERIAL 

 Abrasion resistance 75 mg/1000 revs. (CS 17-1000 g weight)(Taber Abraser)Porosity no sparks at 35 KV at dft of 2 mm(Isotest II R.T.)Impact resistance 12 Nm (no break down with impact, ball Ø is 10 mm)

 Adhesion on steel 6 N/mm²

(IS0-DIS 4624)Tensile strength 11 N/mm²(ASTM D638)Bending strength 26 N/mm²(ASTM D790)Pressure strength 26 N/mm²(ASTM D695)Elongation at break approx. 1,5 %(ASTM D638)Shore hardness approx. 65

(ASTM 2240)

Page 287: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 287/338

……….

Page 5/5

7490SIGMACOVER ARMOUR COMPOUND

December 1999

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 288: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 288/338

 

page 1/2

7499

 

SIGMA WET BLAST INHIBITOR

a two page issue March 2000

revision of 10-95

DESCRIPTION  a water soluble corrosion inhibitor to prevent rusting of wet blast cleaned

steel, formulated to be used in conjunction with suitable epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL  – soluble in water

CHARACTERISTICS  – phosphate free

– non-inflammable

– under reasonable weather conditions (no rain; temperature above 0° C)

rusting will be prevented for a maximum of 48 hours; the treated surface

should be completely overcoated as early as possible during this period

COLOURS  colourless

BASIC DATA AT 20° C

Mass density approx. 1 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 75 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0.0 lb/gal - 0 g/l

Overcoating interval min.: suitable primers can be applied even when a wet blasted surface is

still damp, provided it is free from any visible water droplets or

running water; a dry substrate is always to be preferred

max.: 48 hours at reasonable weather conditions (no rain; temperatures

above 0° C)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point above 65° C

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – add 1 litre of inhibitor to 1000 litres of fresh water for the blasting

process, mix thoroughly

– add 5 litres of inhibitor to 1000 litres of fresh water for rinsing, mix

thoroughly

– epoxy primer should be applied as soon as possible

– suitable primers are:

•  Sigmacover primer (7413)•  Sigma Universal primer (7417)

– before priming, the surface must be free of surplus water

– in order to avoid an overconcentration of the inhibitor, the excess water

should be blown away with oil free compressed air

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  gloves and fresh air mask recommended, see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and

relevant material safety data sheet for e.g. LEL and TLV values

Page 289: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 289/338

123618 0000001500

143668 0000003200

page 2/2

7499SIGMA WET BLAST INHIBITOR

March 2000

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Sigmacover primer see product data sheet 7413

Sigma Universal primer see product data sheet 7417

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safetyExplosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 290: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 290/338

 

* see additional data page 1/4

7524

 SIGMADUR HB FINISH

a four page issue February 2000

revision of 11-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component high build semigloss aliphatic polyurethane finish

PRINCIPAL  – recoatable polyurethane finish

CHARACTERISTICS  – excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions

– excellent colour and gloss retention (aluminium version becomes grey)

– non-chalking, non-yellowing

– cures at temperatures down to -5° C

– tough and abrasion resistant

– resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic

petroleum products and mild chemicals

– can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure

COLOURS AND GLOSS  full colour range and aluminium as RAL 9006 available - semi gloss

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Colours white aluminium

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³ approx. 1,1 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 56 % by volume approx. 48 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,1 lb/gal - 369 g/l max. 3,9 lb/gal - 467 g/l

Recommended dry film 50-75 µ m 50-75 µ m

thickness depending on system depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 11,2 m² /l for 50 µ m, 9,6 m² /l for 50 µ m,

7,5 m² /l for 75 µ m * 6,4 m² /l for 75 µ m *

Touch dry after 1 hour 1 hour

Overcoating interval min. 12 hours * min. 12 hours *

max. unlimited max. unlimited

Full cure after 7 days * 7 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 monthsFlash point base 28° C, hardener 38° C base 28° C, hardener 38° C

RECOMMENDED  – previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary

AND TEMPERATURES  – during application and curing a substrate, temperature down to -5° C is

acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

– maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%

Page 291: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 291/338

 

* see additional data page 2/4

7524 SIGMADUR HB FINISH

February 2000

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C,

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C) Volume of thinner 0-5%

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,46 mm (0,018 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)

 Volume of thinner 10-12%

Nozzle orifice 1-1,5 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (=approx. 3-4 bar; 40-60 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)

 Volume of thinner 0-5%

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

– contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent

– avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading rate m² /l

spreading rate colours 11,2 7,5

aluminium 9,6 6,4

dft in µ m 50 75

Page 292: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 292/338

 

* see additional data page 3/4

7524 SIGMADUR HB FINISH

February 2000

Overcoating table substratefor Sigmadur products temperature -5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 48 30 16 9 6 4

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum unlimited when cleaned from any contamination

interval

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application

this may result in a reduction of gloss and or adversely affect film formation

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure

temperature

–5° C 48 hours 20 days

0° C 24 hours 16 days

10° C 12 hours 7 days

20° C 6 hours 5 days

30° C 5 hours 4 days

40° C 3 hours 3 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 10° C 6 hours

(at application viscosity) 20° C 4 hours

30° C 3 hours

40° C 2 hours

Worldwide availability  Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

Page 293: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 293/338

various sap codes

183212 aluminium 9006262200

page 4/4

7524SIGMADUR HB FINISH

February 2000

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

 

Page 294: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 294/338

 

page 1/3

7528

 

SIGMADUR GLOSS

a three page issue February 2000

revision of 3-1996

DESCRIPTION  two component aliphatic polyurethane finish

PRINCIPAL  – recoatable polyurethane finish

CHARACTERISTICS  – excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure

– excellent colour and gloss retention

– non-chalking, non-yellowing

– cures at temperatures down to –5° C

– tough and abrasion resistant

– resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic

petroleum products and mild chemicals

– can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure

COLOURS AND GLOSS  white and black, colours available on request - gloss

BASIC DATA  (data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 56 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,3 lb/gal - 390 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 50-60 µ m depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 11,2 m² /l for 50 µ m *

Touch dry after 1 hour

Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *

max. unlimited

Full cure after 7 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 28° C, hardener 38° C

RECOMMENDED  – previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from anySUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary

AND TEMPERATURES  – during application and curing, a substrate temperature down to –5° C

is acceptable provided the substrate is free from water or ice

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

– maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85 %

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 88 : 12

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C,

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Page 295: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 295/338

 

page 2/3

7528 SIGMADUR GLOSS

February 2000

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 4 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,33 mm (0,013 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)

 Volume of thinner 10 - 12 %Nozzle orifice 1-1,5 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 40 - 60 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

– contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent

– avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 11,2 9,3

dft in µ m 50 60

Overcoating table

for Sigmadur productssubstrate

temperature –5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 48 32 16 9 6 4

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum unlimited

interval

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Page 296: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 296/338

179291 white 7000002200

179309 black 8000002200

page 3/3

7528SIGMADUR GLOSS

February 2000

Curing table substrate dry to handle full curetemperature

–5°C 48 hours 20 days

  0°C 24 hours 16 days

10°C 12 hours 10 days

20°C 6 hours 7 days

30°C 5 hours 5 days

40°C 3 hours 3 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

please note that should condensation occur during or soon after application

this may result in a reduction of gloss and/or adversely affect film formation

Pot life 10°C 6 hours

(at application viscosity) 20°C 4 hours

30°C 3 hours

40°C 2 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimesnecessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

 

Page 297: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 297/338

* see additional data page 1/3

7530SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS

a three page issue December 1999

revision of 11-1998

DESCRIPTION two component high solids semigloss polyurethane finish

PRINCIPAL – recoatable polyurethane finish

CHARACTERISTICS – excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions

– excellent colour and gloss retention

– non-chalking, non-yellowing

– cures at temperatures down to -5°C

– tough and abrasion resistant

– resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic

  petroleum products and mild chemicals

– can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure

COLOURS AND GLOSS colour range - semigloss

according to Sigma Protective Coatings shade card

BASIC DATA AT 20°C (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m²/l = 40,7 ft²/US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 75 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,2 lb/gal - 275 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 75 µm depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 10 m²/l for 75 µm *

Touch dry after 2 hours

Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *

max. unlimited

Full cure after 7 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 42°C, hardener 50°C

RECOMMENDED – previous coat; (epoxy or polyurethane) dry and free from any

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS   contamination and sufficiently roughened if necessary

AND TEMPERATURES – substrate temperature should be at least 3°C above dew point

– maximum relative humidity during application and curing is 85%

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15°C,

  otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Page 298: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 298/338

* see additional data page 2/3

7530SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS

December 1999

Pot life at 20°C 5 hours *

Induction time none

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28°C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,42 mm (= 0,015 - 0,017 in)

Nozzle pressure 18 MPa (= approx. 180 bar; 2560 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28°C)

 Volume of thinner 0-5%

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 91-88 (flash point 28°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

– contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent– avoid at all times, inhalation of aerosol spraymist

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading

spreading rate rate m²/l 10 7,5 6

dft in µm 75 100 125

Overcoating table substrate

for Sigmadur products temperature -5°C 0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

minimum 60 44 24 12 8 5

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum unlimited when cleaned from any

interval contamination

Page 299: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 299/338

various sap codes

page 3/3

7530SIGMADUR HS SEMIGLOSS

December 1999

Curing table substrate temperatures touch dry full cure

–5°C 8 hours 22 days

  0°C 5 hours 18 days

10°C 3 hours 10 days

20°C 2 hours 7 days

30°C 1 hour 4 days

40°C 0,5 hours 3 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

please note that should condensation occur during or soon after applicationthis may result in a reduction in gloss

Pot life 10°C 7 hours

(at application viscosity) 20°C 5 hours

30°C 3 hours

40°C 2 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490  

Page 300: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 300/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/5 

7551

 

SIGMA SILGUARD MC

a five page issue December 1999

revision of 10-1997

DESCRIPTION  two component moisture curing zinc rich (ethyl) silicate coating

PRINCIPAL  – tankcoating with excellent solvent and chemical resistance

CHARACTERISTICS  – to be used as tankcoating or as a system primer in various paint systems

based on unsaponifiable binders

– can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from –90° C up to

+400° C, under normal atmospheric exposure conditions

– high zinc content resulting in excellent corrosion protection

– good impact and good abrasion resistance

– certificate for ASTM A-490 class "B" for slip co-efficient

– recognized corrosion control coatings (Lloyd’s register), see sheet 1886

– must not be used for immersion in alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic

(less than pH 5.5) liquids

COLOURS AND GLOSS  greenish grey - flat

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product cured at 20° C and 50 % RH)

Mass density approx. 2,7 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 65 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,8 lb/gal - 396 g/l

Recommended dry film average dft 75 µ m to 100 µ m with a minimum of 75 µ m on smooth

thickness non-pitted blast cleaned steel

average dft 100 µ m with a minimum of 75 µ m on rough or light pitted, blast

cleaned steel

heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable

Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m² /l for 75 µ m, 6,5 m² /l for 100 µ m *

Touch dry after 30 min. at 20° C

Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *

max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed

Curing time 12 hours *(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder at least 9 months

pigment at least 12 months (store pigment moisture free)

Flash point binder 14° C; pigment above 65° C

Page 301: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 301/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/5 

** see upgrading dft 

7551 SIGMA SILGUARD MC 

December 1999

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned in-situ to at least ISO-Sa2½, completely free fromSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  rust, scale, shop primer and contaminations, blasting profile (Rz)

AND TEMPERATURES  40-70 µ m

– galvanized steel; sweep blasted to roughen the surface and to remove

any zinc salts which might be present

– a heavy pitted steel substrate is not acceptable

– substrate temperatures ranging from -5° C up to +90° C during

application are acceptable

– at high substrate temperatures (above 40° C) Sigma Silguard MC must be

applied by spray and to avoid dry spray, Sigma thinner 90-53 has to be

added

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

– relative humidity should be above 40%

SYSTEM SPECIFICATION marine system sheet 3323

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 74 : 26

– add the zinc powder gradually to the container with binder, using a

mechanical mixer

– stir the zinc powder thoroughly through the binder

– do not mix in reverse order, in order to avoid lumps in the paint

– strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen

– agitate continuously during application

– at an application temperature above 30° C addition of max. 10 vol % of

Sigma thinner 90-53 may be necessary

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 12 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

 Volume of thinner ** 0 - 10 %Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)

Nozzle pressure 9 - 12 MPa (= approx. 90 - 120 bar; 1280 - 1710 p.s.i.)

Note a dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be

used

Page 302: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 302/338

 

page 3/5

7551 SIGMA SILGUARD MC 

December 1999

AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

 Volume of thinner ** 0 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

Note a dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be

used

BRUSH  – only for touch up and spot repair

– first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 µ m

– next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53, (10-25 %by volume) so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 µm

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

UPGRADING DFT  when for some reason the dft is below specification and an extra coat of

Sigma Silguard MC has to be applied, Sigma Silguard MC should be thinned

down with approx. 50 % Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible

wet coat that remains wet for some time

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Minimum ventilation air

quantity required for 1 litre of:

mixed paint a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 76 m³

b. to reach TLV = 924 m³

Sigma thinner 90-53 a. to reach 10 % of LEL = 156 m³

b. to reach TLV = 3501 m³

ADDITIONAL DATA  very highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void

spaces in between the particles

film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 8,7 6,5 5,2

dft in µ m 75 100 125

above 150 µm dft mudcracking can occur

min. dft for closed film with airless spray

(up to 50% Sigma thinner 90-53): 25 µ mmax. dft when brushing: 35 µ m

Page 303: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 303/338

 

page 4/5

7551 SIGMA SILGUARD MC

December 1999

Overcoating table substratefor RH of 50 % and higher temperature –5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum unlimited, provided the surface is dry and cleaned

interval from contamination and zinc salts

– a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time

– if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects

(pinholes) Sigma Silguard MC should be sealed with approved coatings

– Sigma Silguard MC is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it

only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or

immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative

humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time

– before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should

be obtained

– when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat

times are desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application

by:

•  wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2

hours, followed by drying•  wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying

– before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Silguard MC should always

be visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing

– for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is

a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or

alternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be

observed

Curing table substrate curing time for non curing time for full

50 % RH and higher temperature immersion service resistance according

to resistance list

0° C 24 hours 4 days

10° C 18 hours 4 days

20° C 12 hours 2 days

30° C 6 hours 2 days

40° C 4 hours 2 days

Page 304: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 304/338

179127 greenish grey 0000002135

page 5/5

7551SIGMA SILGUARD MC

December 1999

– Sigma Silguard MC is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it

  only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or

  immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative

  humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time

– relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

  (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 0°C 24 hours

(at application viscosity) 10°C 16 hours

20°C 12 hours

30°C 6 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650

 

Page 305: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 305/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/3 

7555

 

SIGMATHERM SILICATE

a three page issue December 1999

revision of 12-1995

DESCRIPTION  one component moisture curing (alkyl) silicate finish

PRINCIPAL  – heat resistant finish on top of suitable zinc silicate primers

CHARACTERISTICS  – can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from -90° C up to +400° C

under normal atmospheric exposure conditions

– improves to a certain extent the corrosion resistance properties of a zinc

silicate primer

– minimizes the formation of zinc salts on atmospheric exposure

COLOURS AND GLOSS  aluminium - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 38 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 3,8 lb/gal - 470 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 40 µ m * (25 µ m on top of the zinc silicate)

Theoretical spreading rate 9,5 m² /l for 40 µ m

Touch dry after 60 min. at 20° C

Overcoating time min. 5 hours *

max. unlimited, contamination must be removed

Curing time 12 hours *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point 9° C

RECOMMENDED  – suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. Sigma Silguard MC, Sigma Tornusil

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  MC 58 or Sigma Tornusil MC 60); dry and free from any contamination

and zinc salts

AND TEMPERATURES  – during application substrate temperatures ranging from -5° C up to+90° C

are acceptable

– the substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

– relative humidity should be above 50%

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – stir thoroughly till homogeneous

– strain paint through a 30 - 60 mesh screen

– agitate continuously during application

– if partly used cans are closed properly, the product can be used later

Page 306: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 306/338

 

page 2/3

7555 

SIGMATHERM SILICATE

December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 20 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,46 mm (= 0,015 - 0,018 in)

Nozzle pressure 12 MPa (= approx. 120 bar; 1710 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

 Volume of thinner 10 - 30 %

Nozzle orifice 1,7-2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH  only for touch up and spot repair

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA  – it is not possible to measure the actual dft as the finish will soak partly

Film thickness and into the porous zinc silicate primer

spreading rate – immediately after spraying the finish should have a completely wet

appearance

– excessive thickness in overlapping areas should be avoided otherwise

cracking and flaking may occur

theoretical spreading

rate m² /l 9,5

dft in µ m 40

dft in µ m on top of zinc silicate approx. 25

Overcoating table substrate

at 50% RH and higher temperature -5 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C

minimum 48 36 10 5 3

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum unlimited, provided that the surface is

interval dry and cleaned from any contamination

– curing can be accelerated by spraying water on to the coated surface

4 hours after application

– the surface should be (kept) wet for the next 4 hours

– a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating interval

Page 307: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 307/338

153167 aluminium 9000002180

page 3/3

7555SIGMATHERM SILICATE

December 1999

Curing table for at substrate dry to full cure50% RH and higher temperature handle

- 5°C 2 hours 48 hours

  0°C 2 hours 36 hours

10°C 1 hour 24 hours

20°C 30 minutes 12 hours

30°C 15 minutes 6 hours

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

 Air temperature see information sheet 1650

 

Page 308: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 308/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/5 

7558

 

SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58

a five page issue December 1999

revision of 7-1998

DESCRIPTION  two component moisture curing zinc (alkyl) silicate primer

PRINCIPAL  – anticorrosive primer for structural steel

CHARACTERISTICS  – suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on

unsaponifiable binders

– galvanic action eliminates sub film corrosion

– can withstand substrate temperatures from –90° C up to +400° C, under

normal atmospheric exposure conditions

– good low temperature curing

– good impact and abrasion resistance

– certificate for ASTM A-490 class "B" for slip co-efficient

– must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than

pH 5.5) liquids

COLOURS AND GLOSS  greenish grey - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 2,3 g/cm³Solids content approx. 65% by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 4,2 lb/gal - 525 g/l

Recommended dry filmthickness – when used as a system primer with dft 60 µ m on smooth, non pitted,

blast cleaned steel

– average dft 100 µ m with a minimum of 75 µ m on rough or pitted, blast

cleaned steel

Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m² /l for 75 µ m *

Touch dry after 30 min. at 20° C

Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *

max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed

Curing time 12 hours *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) binder at least 9 months

pigment at least 12 months (store pigment moisture free)

Flash point binder 16° C; pigment above 65 ° C

Page 309: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 309/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/5 

7558 SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58 

December 1999

RECOMMENDED  – for immersion exposureSUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  •  steel blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm

AND TEMPERATURES  •  steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweepblasted

to SPSS-Ss, welds rusty and damaged areas blastcleaned to ISO-Sa2½

– for atmospheric exposure

•  steel blastcleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm

•  steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer pretreated to SPSS-Pt3

•  weathered galvanized steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the

surface and to remove any zinc salts which might be present

– substrate temperatures from -5° C up to +90° C during application are

acceptable

– at high substrate temperatures (above 40° C) Sigma Tornusil MC 58 must

be applied by spray, and to avoid dry spray, Sigma thinner 90-53 has to

be added

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 81 : 19

– add the zinc powder gradually to the container with binder, using a

mechanical mixer

– stir the zinc powder thoroughly through the binder

– do not mix in reverse order, in order to avoid lumps in the paint

– strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen

– agitate continuously during application

– at an application temperature above 30° C addition of max. 10 vol % of

Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C) may be necessary

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 12 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

Page 310: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 310/338

 

* see additional data page 3/5 

7558 SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58 

December 1999

BRUSH  – only for touch up and spot repair– first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 µ m

– next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53 (10-25 % by

volume), so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 µm

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

UPGRADING DFT  if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of Sigma Tornusil MC 58

has to be applied, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should be thinned down with

approx. 50% Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coat that

remains wet for some time

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA  highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in

between the particles

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 8,7 6,5

dft in µ m 75 100

please note: over application may lead to mud-cracking

Overcoating table substrate

for 50 % RH and higher temperature –5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4

interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum unlimited, provided the surface is cleaned from

interval contamination and zinc salts

– a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time

– if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects

(pinholes) Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should be sealed with approved coatings

– Sigma Tornusil MC 58 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that

it only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or

immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative

humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time

– before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should

be obtained

Page 311: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 311/338

 

* see additional data page 4/5 

7558 SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58 

December 1999

– when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat timesare desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application by:

•  wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2

hours, followed by drying

•  wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying

– before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 should always

be visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing

– for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is

a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (or

alternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be

observed

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure

50 % RH and higher temperature

–5° C 2 hours 24 hours

0° C 2 hours 24 hours

10° C 1 hour 18 hours

20° C 30 minutes 12 hours

30° C 30 minutes 6 hours

40° C 30 minutes 4 hours

– Sigma Tornusil MC 58 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it

only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or

immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative

humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time

– relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Page 312: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 312/338

179568 0000002185

page 5/5

7558SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 58

December 1999

Pot life 0°C 24 hours(at application viscosity) 10°C 16 hours

20°C 12 hours

30°C 6 hours

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650

 

Page 313: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 313/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7560SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 12-1997

DESCRIPTION  two component moisture curing inorganic zinc (alkyl) silicate primer

(paste form)

PRINCIPAL  – anticorrosive primer for structural steel

CHARACTERISTICS  – suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on

unsaponifiable binders

– galvanic action eliminates sub film corrosion

– two component binder and zinc paste

– can withstand substrate temperatures ranging from -90° C up to

+400° C,

under normal atmospheric exposure conditions

– good low temperature curing

– good impact and abrasion resistance

– must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than

pH 5,5) liquids

COLOURS AND GLOSS  greenish grey - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 2,3 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 65% by volume VOC (supplied) max. 4,2 lb/gal - 525 g/l

Recommended dry film – average dft 75 µ m with a minimum of 60 µ m on smooth

thickness non pitted blast cleaned steel

– average dft 100 µ m with a minimum of 75 µ m on rough or pitted,

blast cleaned steel

Theoretical spreading rate 8,7 m² /l for 75 µ m

Touch dry after 30 min. at 20° C

Overcoating interval min. 12 hours *

max. unlimited, zinc salts must be removed

Curing time 12 hours(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months

Flash point binder 12° C; zinc paste 26° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile (Rz) 40-70 µm

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – shopprimed steel (zinc silicate); sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss to remove zinc

AND TEMPERATURES  salts and contamination

– weld seams, burned and rusty areas blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or power

tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3

– weathered galvanized steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the

surface and to remove any zinc salts which might be present

Page 314: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 314/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7560SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60

December 1999

– substrate temperatures from -5° C up to +60° C during application areacceptable

– at high substrate temperatures (above 40° C) Sigma Tornusil MC 60 must

be applied by spray and to avoid dry spray Sigma thinner 90-53 has to be

added

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  – mixing ratio by volume: paste to binder 64,5 : 35,5

– use a mechanical mixer

– stir the paste thouroughly before adding the binder

– add the binder gradually to the paste

– stir thoroughly till homogeneous

– do not mix in reverse order

– strain mixture through a 30 - 60 mesh screen

– agitate continuously during application

– at an application temperature above 30° C addition of max. 10 vol % of

Sigma thinner 90-53 may be necessary

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 12 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAYRecommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 0,64 mm (= 0,019 - 0,025 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %

Nozzle orifice 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 MPa (= approx. 3 bar; 43 p.s.i.)

BRUSH – only for touch up and spot repair

– first coat not to be thinned down, max. dft 35 µ m

– next coat to be thinned down with Sigma thinner 90-53, (10-25% by

volume) so that a visible wet coat can be applied, max. dft 25 µm

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

UPGRADING DFT  if the dft is below specification and an extra coat of Sigma Tornusil MC 60

has to be applied, Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should be thinned down with

approx. 50% Sigma thinner 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coatthat remains wet for some time

Page 315: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 315/338

 

page 3/4

7560SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60

December 1999

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA  highly pigmented zinc silicate primers produce dry films with void spaces in

between the particles

Film thickness and theoreticalspreading rate spreading rate m² /l 10,8 8,7 6,5 5,2

dft in µ m 60 75 100 125

Overcoating tablefor 50% RH and higher

substratetemperature -5° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 24 24 18 12 6 4interval hours hours hours hours hours hours

maximum unlimited, provided that the surface is cleaned frominterval contamination and zinc salts

– a RH below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time– if part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects(pinholes) Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should be sealed with approved coatings

– Sigma Tornusil MC 60 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that itonly cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere orimmersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relativehumidity and temperature are measured during the curing time

– before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure shouldbe obtained

– when curing conditions are unfavourable or when reduced overcoat timesare desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application by:•  wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2

hours, followed by drying•  wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying

– before overcoating with topcoats, Sigma Tornusil MC 60 should alwaysbe visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing

– for measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 isa suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in MEK (oralternatively Sigma thinner 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should beobserved

Page 316: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 316/338

179322 0000002180

page 4/4

7560SIGMA TORNUSIL MC 60

December 1999

Curing tablefor 50% RH and higher

substrate temperature dry to handle full cure

–5°C 2 hours 24 hours  0°C 2 hours 24 hours10°C 1 hour 18 hours20°C 30 minutes 12 hours30°C 30 minutes 6 hours40°C 30 minutes 4 hours

– Sigma Tornusil MC 60 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it

  only cures after sufficient take up of water (from the atmosphere or

  immersion) during and after application; it is recommended that relative

  humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time

– relative humidity during curing recommended to be above 50%

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

  (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 0°C 24 hours

(at application viscosity) 10°C 16 hours

20°C 12 hours

30°C 6 hours

Worldwide rlavailability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimesnecessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490Relative humidity - substrate temperature - air temperature see information sheet 1650

 

Page 317: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 317/338

 

page 1/2

7563 SIGMATHERM SILOXANE 

a two page issue December 1999

revision of 3-1997

DESCRIPTION  heat resisting paint based on silicone resin

PRINCIPAL  – heat resistant up to 450° C

CHARACTERISTICS  – to be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces

– good weather resistance

– should preferably be applied by spray

– a minimum temperature of 200° C is necessary to obtain sufficient cure

COLOURS AND GLOSS  aluminium - eggshell

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,1 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 24,0% by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 5,4 lb/gal - 645 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 30 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 8 m² /l for 30 µ m

Touch dry after 30 min. at 20° C

45 min. at 10° C

Overcoating interval min. 16 hours

max. unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 6 months

Flash point 26° C

RECOMMENDED  – aluminium sprayed or zinc sprayed steel; dry and free from any

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  contamination

AND TEMPERATURES  – previous coat; dry and free from any contamination

– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

– by using a mistcoat technique it is possible to apply Sigmatherm siloxane

on top of a zinc silicate primer

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  power agitate to uniform consistency

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38 - 0,48 mm (= 0,015 - 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 12 - 15 MPa (= approx. 120 - 150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

Page 318: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 318/338

186350 aluminium 9000002200

page 2/2

7563SIGMATHERM SILOXANE

December 1999

AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER for touch up and spot repair only

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 319: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 319/338

 

page 1/2

7565

 

SIGMATHERM SILACRYL

a two page issue December 1999

revision of 7-1998

DESCRIPTION  heat resisting finish paint based on a silicone/acrylic resin

PRINCIPAL  – heat resistant up to 350° C

CHARACTERISTICS  – widely compatible with organic and inorganic zinc primers

– excellent gloss and colour retention

– excellent resistance to weathering

– easy to clean

COLOURS AND GLOSS  white and aluminium - semigloss

other colours on request

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

white aluminium

Mass density approx. 1,2 g/cm³ approx. 1,1 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 39% by volume approx. 42% by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 4,5 lb/gal - 540 g/l (for white)

Recommended dry film

thickness 25-30 µ m 25-30 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 15,6 m² /l for 25 µ m 16,8 m² /l for 25 µ m

Touch dry after 1-2 hours 1-2 hoursOvercoating interval min. 18 hours min. 18 hours

max. unlimited max. unlimited

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months at least 12 months

Flash point 29° C 29° C

RECOMMENDED  – aluminium sprayed or zinc sprayed steel; dry and free from any

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  contamination

AND TEMPERATURES  – suitable zinc silicate primer (e.g. Sigma Silguard MC, Sigma Tornusil

MC 58 or Sigma Tornusil MC 60); dry and free from any contamination

and zinc salts

– steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ and ISO-Sa3– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  power agitate to uniform consistency

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,38-0,48 mm (= 0,015 - 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 12-15 MPa (= approx. 120-150 bar; 1700 - 2100 p.s.i.)

Page 320: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 320/338

186132 white 7000002200

168790 aluminium 9000002200

page 2/2

7565SIGMATHERM SILACRYL

December 1999

AIR SPRAYRecommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice 1,5-2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3-0,4 MPa (= approx. 3-4 bar; 43-57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER for touch up and spot repair only

CLEANING SOLVENT Sigma thinner 21-06 (flash point 25°C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

 

Page 321: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 321/338

 

* see additonal data  page 1/4 

7702

 

SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER

a four page issue December 1999

DESCRIPTION  two component high solids polyamide cured zinc epoxy primer

PRINCIPAL  – designed as a system primer for various paint systems

CHARACTERISTICS  – good anticorrosive properties

– quick drying, can be overcoated after a short interval

– can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total

repair

– the superimposed system must be unsaponifiable

– very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats

COLOURS AND GLOSS  redbrown - flat

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 2,5 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 66 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,5 lb/gal - 300 g/l 

Recommended dry film 75-100 µ m depending on blasting profile;

thickness

Theoretical spreading rate 8,.8 m² /l for 75 µ m *

Touch dry after 2h min. at 20° C *

Overcoating interval min. 8 hours *

max. several months *

Full cure after 7 days

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 29° C, hardener 26° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – blasting profile; (Rz) 40-70 µ m

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

Page 322: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 322/338

 

page 2/4

7702 SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time none

Pot life 8 hours at 20° C

AIRLESS SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C) Volume of thinner 0 - 5 % depending on dft to be applied

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,43 - 0,48 mm (= 0,017 - 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 % (depending on dft to be applied)

Nozzle orifice 1,8 - 2,2 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,6 MPa (= approx. 3 - 6 bar; 43 - 85 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 10 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA 

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 13.2 8,8 6.6

dft in µ m 50 75 100

Page 323: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 323/338

 

page 3/4

7702 SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER

December 1999

Overcoating table substratefor dft 75-100 µ m temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 8 6 4 3interval hours hours hours hours

maximum several months when free frominterval zinc salts and contamination

– zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they

should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating

– an interval of several months can be allowed, under clean interior

exposure conditions– in clean exterior conditions a maximum interval of 14 days can be

tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should be

reduced to the practical minimum

– when a long overcoating interval is required, it is recommended to

overcoat Sigmacover HS zinc primer within two days with Sigmarite

sealer

– before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by

high pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical cleaning

Curing table substrate touch dry dry to full cure

for dft 75-100 µ m temperature handle

10° C 5 hours 6 hours 20 days

15° C 3 hours 4 hours 10 days

20° C 2 hours 3 hours 7 days

30° C 1 hour 1.5 hour 5 days

– Sigmacover HS zinc primer can be applied at temperatures between 5° C

and 10° C, but the curing rate will be very low

– for such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended:

Sigma Proferral PR, Sigma Tornusil MC 58 and Sigma Tornusil MC 60 for

systems exposed to atmospheric conditions, Sigma Silguard MC forsystems exposed to immersed conditions

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Page 324: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 324/338

202554 redbrown 2008001800

page 4/4

7702SIGMACOVER HS ZINC PRIMER

December 1999

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product ona worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 325: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 325/338

 

page 1/3 

7726SIGMACOVER DTM COATING

a three page issue December 1999

revision of 2-1999

DESCRIPTION  two component high solids polyamine adduct cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – can be used directly to metal

CHARACTERISTICS  – excellent corrosion resistance

– resistant to well designed cathodic protection

– outstanding (sea)water resistance

– good abrasion resistance

– good resistance against chemically polluted water

– tar free

– user friendly

– very good surface wetting

– simple volume mixing ratio should twin-feed application be preferred

COLOURS AND GLOSS  limited colour range available

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,5 g/cm³Solids content approx. 80 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 1,6 lb/gal - 192 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 150 µ m depending on systemTheoretical spreading rate 5,3 m² /l for 150 µ m *

Touch dry after 3 hours

Overcoating interval min. 16 hours *

max. 28 days *

Ready for immersion 3 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 26° C, hardener 26° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – previous coat (e.g. Sigmacover DTM coating or other suitable primer

AND TEMPERATURES dry and free from any contamination and within the min. and max.

overcoating time

– substrate temperature should be above 5° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

INSTRUCTION FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 75 : 25

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10° C

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance

Page 326: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 326/338

 

page 2/3 

7726 

SIGMACOVER DTM COATING 

December 1999

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

– see also attached application instructions

Pot life at 20° C 2 hours *

AIRLESS SPRAY

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91 - 92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 - 053 mm (= 0,019 - 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (=approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

Note for stripe-coating a thinned down version of the standard product

can be used

for large projects or if specially required a stripe coating quality

is available 

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90 - 53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 5,3

dft in µ m 150

Overcoating table

for dfts up to 150 µ m

with itself and Sigmadur

series

substrate

temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C

minimum 36 24 16 8interval hours hours hours hours

maximum 28 28 28 14

interval days days days days

– surface should be dry and free from any contamination

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Page 327: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 327/338

182345 offwhite 7001002200

190856 brown 2000002200

182348 black 8000002200

page 3/3

7726SIGMACOVER DTM COATING

December 1999

Curing table

(minimum time)minimum curing time

substrate for immersion in water

temperature

  5°C 10 days

10°C 7 days

15°C 5 days

20°C 3 days

30°C 2,5 days

40°C 1,5 day

Pot life 15°C 3 hours

(at application viscosity) 20°C 2 hours

30°C 1 hour

40°C 30 min.

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard – toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 328: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 328/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD 

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 6-1999

DESCRIPTION  two component abrasion resistant solvent free amine cured phenolic epoxy

coating

PRINCIPAL  – one or two coat system for tanks and other structures requiring abrasion

CHARACTERISTICS  resistance

– excellent impact and abrasion resistance

– resistant to well designed cathodic protection

– excellent resistance to crude oil up to 70° C

– excellent water resistance

– good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents

– good visibility due to light colour

– glossy and smooth appearance

– easy to clean

– can be applied by heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment

– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard

– non–inflammable

COLOURS AND GLOSS  light grey and black - gloss

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content 100 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0,1 lb/gal - 13 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 400 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 2,5 m² /l for 400 µ m *

Touch dry after 6 hours

Overcoating time min. 24 hours *

max. 2 months *

Full cure after 5 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (min. 10° C, dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base and hardener: above 65° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of ISO–Sa2½,

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  blasting profile (Rz); 50–100 µ m

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature should be above 5° C during application and

curing and at least 3° C above dew point

– steel with suitable primer (Sigma Phenguard primer) which must be dry,

clean and free from any contamination

Page 329: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 329/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD

December 1999

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80 : 20

– when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least

20° C

– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application

– no thinner should be used

Induction time none

Pot life at 20° C 1 hour *

AIRLESS SPRAY  – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment with a minimum of 60:1

pump ratio and suitable high pressure hoses– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling

down of paint in hoses at low air temperature

– length of hoses should be as short as possible

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature)

min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)

– at 30° C (paint temperature)

min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER  for stripe coating and spot repair only

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90–53 (flash point 30° C)

– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use

– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life

time has been expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

although this is a solvent free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalationof spray mist as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good

visibility

Page 330: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 330/338

 

page 3/4

7744 SIGMA NOVASHIELD

December 1999

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 1,7

dft in µ m 300 600

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 250 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 150 µ m

measuring wet film thickness

– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the

real applied wft– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which

the release of air in the paint film takes some time

– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus

60 µ m

measuring dry film thickness

– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured within some

days due to the penetration of the measuring device into the soft paint

film

– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thicknessplaced in between the coating and the measuring device

Overcoating table with

Sigma Novashield (spot

repair and stripe coating)

substrate

temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C

minimum 36 24 16

interval hours hours hours

maximum 3 2 1

interval months months month

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Page 331: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 331/338

195822 light grey

page 4/4

7744SIGMA NOVASHIELD

December 1999

Curing table substrate dry to handle full curetemperature

10°C 30 hours 7 days

20°C 16 hours 5 days

30°C 10 hours 3 days

although the paint is solvent free adequate ventilation must be maintained

during application and curing (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 20°C 60 min.

30°C 45 min.

due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may

increase

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431

Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 332: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 332/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7785

 SIGMAGUARD CSF 85

a four page issue January 2000

revision of 5-1999

DESCRIPTION  two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating

PRINCIPAL  – tank coating for drinking water

CHARACTERISTICS  – can be applied by single feed airless spray equipment

– eliminates explosion risk and fire hazard

– good visibility in confined spaces due to light colour

– approved for drinking water by:

KIWA, Holland, ref. K12827/01,

The Water Quality Centre, UK, ref. M101323

Setsco Services PTE Ltd, Singapore, ref. H19631/ST

Hygiene-Institut des Ruhrgebiets, Germany, ref. W 1239/99/Ju

Folkehelsa, Norway, ref. 99/730-MINT/ARMI/523-2

NSF, USA, ref. Standard 061

COLOURS AND GLOSS  blue - gloss

BASIC DATA  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

(data for mixed product at 20° C)

Mass density approx. 1,3 g/cm³

Solids content 100 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 0 lb/gal - 5,3 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 300 µ m

Theoretical spreading rate 3,3 m² /l for 300 µ m dft *

Touch dry after 5 hours

Overcoating time min. 24 hours *

max. 20 days *

Full cure after 12 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 monthsFlash point base and hardener: above 65° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – blasting profile (Rz); 50-100 µ m

AND TEMPERATURES  – substrate temperature must be above 10° C and at least 3° C above

dew point

– if a holding primer is required Sigmaguard primer 15 can be used

Page 333: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 333/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7785 SIGMAGUARD CSF 85

January 2000

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 79 : 21

– when mixing the temperature of base and hardener should be at least

20° C

– at lower temperature the viscosity will be too high for spray application

– no thinner should be used

Induction time 30 min. for a substrate temperature of 10° C

20 min. 20° C

10 min. 30° C

Pot life at 20° C approx. 90 min. *

AIRLESS SPRAY  – heavy duty single feed airless spray equipment preferably 60:1 pump

ratio and suitable high pressure hoses

– in-line heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling

down of paint in hoses at low air temperature

– application with 45:1 airless spray equipment is possible provided in-line

heated high pressure hoses are used

– in case of using 45:1 airless spray equipment the paint must be heated

to approx. 30° C in order to obtain the right application viscosity

– length of hoses should be as short as possible

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,53 mm (= 0,021 in)

Nozzle pressure – at 20° C (paint temperature)

min. 28 MPa (= approx. 280 bar; 4000 p.s.i.)

– at 30° C (paint temperature)

min. 22 MPa (= approx. 220 bar; 3000 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER  for stripe coating and spot repair only

Recommended thinner no thinner to be added

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)– all application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use

– paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life

time has been expired

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

– ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good

visibility

Page 334: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 334/338

 

page 3/4

7785 SIGMAGUARD CSF 85

January 2000

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical

spreading rate spreading rate m² /l 3,3 2,5

dft in µ m 300 400

min. dft for closed film with airless spray: 200 µ m

max. dft when brushing: 100 µ m

measuring wet film thickness

– a deviation is often obtained between the measured apparent wft and the

real applied wft

– this is due to the thixotropy and the surface tension of the paint by which

the release of air in the paint film takes some time

– recommendation is to apply a wft which is equal to the specified dft plus

60 µ m

measuring dry film thickness

– because of low initial hardness the dft cannot be measured for some

days after application due to the penetration of the measuring device

into the soft paint film

– the dft should be measured using a calibration foil of known thicknessplaced in between the coating and the measuring device

Overcoating table

with Sigmaguard CSF 85

(spot repair and

stripe coating)

substrate

temperature 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 4 24 16 10

interval days hours hours hours

maximum 28 20 14 14

interval days days days days

surface should be dry and free from any contamination

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure for

temperature drinking water

10° C * 4 days 20 days

20° C 1 day 12 days

30° C 16 hours 7 days

40° C 10 hours 5 days

* for the first 24 hours the maximum RH must be 50% or lower

Page 335: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 335/338

189136 blue 1000002200

page 4/4

7785SIGMAGUARD CSF 85

January 2000

– adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing  (please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

– Sigmaguard CSF 85 must not be applied at temperatures below 10°C

  and for drinking water tanks a tank wash should be carried out after

  full cure and before the tank goes into service (see appendix)

Pot life 20°C 90 min.

(at application viscosity) 30°C 60 min.

due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may

increase

Worldwide availability Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.

REFERENCES

Explanation to product data sheets see information sheet 1411

Safety indications see information sheet 1430

Safety in confined spaces and health safety

Explosion hazard - toxic hazard see information sheet 1431Safe working in confined spaces see information sheet 1433

Directives for ventilation practice see information sheet 1434

Cleaning of steel and removal of rust see information sheet 1490

 

Page 336: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 336/338

 

* see additional data  page 1/4 

7802

 SIGMA EP STEELINE

a four page issue December 1999

revision of 5-1999

DESCRIPTION  two component high build polyamide cured recoatable zinc phosphate epoxy

primer/coating

PRINCIPAL  – general purpose epoxy primer/coating for steel subject to interior

CHARACTERISTICS  exposure

– can be recoated with two component and conventional paints

– is free from lead and chromate containing pigments

– tough, with long term flexibility

– will cure at temperatures down to +5° C

– easy application by airless spray

COLOURS AND GLOSS  RAL colours – eggshell, other colours on request

BASIC DATA AT 20° C  (1 g/cm³ = 8,25 lb/US gal; 1 m² /l = 40,7 ft² /US gal)

Mass density approx. 1,4 g/cm³

Solids content approx. 64 % by volume

 VOC (supplied) max. 2,7 lb/gal - 333 g/l

Recommended dry film

thickness 75-125 µ m depending on system

Theoretical spreading rate 8,5 m² /l for 75 µ m, 5,1 m² /l for 125 µ m *

Touch dry after 2 hours

Overcoating interval max. 6 months *

Full cure after 4 days *

(data for components)

Shelf life (cool and dry place) at least 12 months

Flash point base 26° C, hardener 24,5° C

RECOMMENDED  – steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½

SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS  – during application and curing a substrate temperature down to +5° C

AND TEMPERATURE is acceptable– substrate temperature should be at least 3° C above dew point

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE  mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 82 : 18

– the temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 15° C,

otherwise extra solvent may be required to obtain application viscosity

– too much solvent results in lower sag resistance and slower cure

– thinner should be added after mixing the components

Induction time – 20 minutes if applied at temperatures below 10° C

– none above 10° C

Pot life at 20° C 8 hours *

Page 337: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 337/338

 

* see additional data  page 2/4 

7802 SIGMA EP STEELINE

December 1999

AIRLESS SPRAY Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 5 - 10 %, depending on required dft

Nozzle orifice approx. 0,48 mm (= 0,019 in)

Nozzle pressure 15 MPa (= approx. 150 bar; 2100 p.s.i.)

AIR SPRAY 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 10 - 15 %

Nozzle orifice 1,5 - 3 mm

Nozzle pressure 0,3 - 0,4 MPa (= approx. 3 - 4 bar; 43 - 57 p.s.i.)

BRUSH/ROLLER 

Recommended thinner Sigma thinner 91-92 (flash point 20° C)

 Volume of thinner 0 - 5 %

CLEANING SOLVENT  Sigma thinner 90-53 (flash point 30° C)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS  see safety sheets 1430, 1431 and relevant material safety data sheet

this is a solvent based paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation

of spray mist or vapour as well as contact between the wet paint and

exposed skin or eyes

ADDITIONAL DATA

Film thickness and theoretical spreading

spreading rate rate m² /l 8,5 6,4 5,1

dft in µ m 75 100 125

Overcoating table for:

Sigma EP steelineSigma CM coating

substrate

temperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 10 6 4 3 2

interval hours hours hours hours hours

maximum 6 months, provided the surface is cleaned from any

interval contamination

Page 338: Sigma PC Manual

8/11/2019 Sigma PC Manual

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/sigma-pc-manual 338/338

 

7802 SIGMA EP STEELINE

December 1999

Overcoating table for:Sigmadur HB finish

Sigmadur HB miocoat

Sigmadur HS semigloss

Sigmadur gloss

and alkyd based finishes

substratetemperature 5° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C

minimum 2 24 12 8 6

interval days hours hours hours hours

maximum 6 months, provided the surface is cleaned from any

interval contamination

Curing table substrate dry to handle full cure

temperature

5° C 18 hours 8 days

10° C 12 hours 6 days

15° C 8 hours 5 days

20° C 6 hours 4 days

30° C 4 hours 3 days

40° C 3 hours 2 days

adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing

(please refer to sheet 1433 and 1434)

Pot life 10° C 16 hours(at application viscosity) 15° C 10 hours

20° C 8 hours

30° C 5 hours

35° C 4 hours

Worldwide availability  Whilst it is always the aim of Sigma Coatings to supply the same product on

a worldwide basis, slight modification of the product is sometimes

necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances.

Under these circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.